Quarterlytics / Real Estate - Development / Eureka Group Holdings Limited / FY2018 Annual Report

Eureka Group Holdings Limited
Annual Report 2018

EGH · ASX
Claim this profile
Ticker EGH
Exchange ASX
Sector
Industry Real Estate - Development
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2018 Annual Report · Eureka Group Holdings Limited
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT 
2017-2018

Delivering affordable, caring 
and inclusive communities

For personal use only2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use onlyContents

FY2018 Highlights 

Executive Chairman’s Report 

FY2018 Acquisitions 

Directors’ Report 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or  
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income 

02

04

10

16

30

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

31

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

32

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity  33

Notes to the Financial Statements 

Directors’ Declaration 

Independent Auditor’s Report 

Auditor’s Independence Declaration 

Corporate Governance Statement 

Corporate Directory  

Security Holder Information 

34

75

76

81

82

83

84

All images within this Annual Report show residents 
at Eureka villages.

01

01

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use onlyFY2018
Highlights

92.9%

FY18 Occupancy
up 3.3% on FY17 at 89.6%

Supported Residential Facilities (SRFs)

Underperforming SRF, Amber Lodge in 
Adelaide sold in March 2018 with the sale of a 
second SRF facility, Lambert Village in Mount 
Gambier sold subsequent to year end.

A third SRF in Adelaide has received 
accreditation under the National Disability 
Insurance Scheme (NDIS) and is operating 
profitably. Eureka expects further profit 
gains in the coming year. 

Corporate Governance

Eureka has strengthened its corporate 
governance procedures that are 
underpinned by the appointments of new 
independent Chair, Murray Boyte and 
Director, Sue Renkin who also assumed 
the role of independent Chair of the 
Audit and Risk Committee. Eureka also 
appointed Laura Fanning, an experienced 
corporate governance professional, as 
Company Secretary.

Finance Facility

Eureka has re-negotiated its banking 
arrangements, consolidating debt into 
one facility maturing in 3.5 years on 31 
December 2021. This represents a two-year 
extension to the $20million component 
of the facility demonstrating Eureka’s 
excellent relationship with its bankers.

02

17%

increase on FY17
EBITDA from group’s core operations 

FY18 $6,942,000
FY17 $5,931,000

12.8% 

Growth in unit assets
1,934 
2,182 
UNITS FY17
UNITS FY18

Eureka 
brand expands 
into Tasmania

Now Operating in

Australian 

States5

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use onlyEureka has a strong platform to expand its business base through acquisitions and infill 
developments including at some existing Eureka villages. An excellent opportunity exists for 
Eureka to scale its platform of providing secure, safe and friendly residential accommodation 
in the social infrastructure segment of retirement living.

41

20

6

2

5

8

Couran Cove

Eureka has reached a pragmatic resolution by disposing of 
its property assets at Couran Cove subsequent to year end 
and retaining the right to recover value from the equitable 
land interest. 

This transaction will return $3.60 million cash scheduled 
for 6 September 2018 and will free up capital to redeploy to 
Eureka’s core business activities.

32 Owned

9 under management

03

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use onlyExecutive Chairman’s Report

Financial Review

While Eureka Group Holdings Limited (Eureka) has 
experienced a difficult year as reflected in the results 
set out within, the core operating business providing 
affordable senior rental accommodation and other 
services has performed strongly with an improved 
EBITDA. Excellent occupancy levels have been achieved 
across the portfolio. Eureka has acquired 8 new villages 
including 5 villages in conjunction with a joint venture 
partner and has secured a long term management 
contract with the joint venture. 

The redeploying of capital into the core business can 
contribute to a substantial improvement in profitability 
off the existing capital base.

For the year ended 30 June 2018 Eureka Group Holdings 
Limited (Eureka) has reported a net loss before (and 
after) tax of $0.28 million, compared with a 2017 profit 
before (and after) tax of $6.54 million. These results were 
arrived at after property adjustments as follows:

Gain on revaluation of 
investment properties

Write downs on Supported 
Residential Facilities

Inventory write down on 
Couran Cove Eco units and 
transaction costs

Write down for Couran Cove 
residual assets

FY18 
$’000

FY17 
$’000

1,233

3,701

(2,672)

(2,655)

(1,124)

(1,763)

-

-

(4,326)

1,046

The year under review has been a disappointing one 
for shareholders:

 » Asset write downs and realised losses on property 

sales adversely impacting the results.

 » Core operating cash flow reduced as a result of 
expenditure at Couran Cove and Terranora.

 » Non-core assets including Terranora and Couran 
Cove, which during the period were recorded in 
the financial statements at $20.00 million - $24.00 
million, have had a material detrimental effect on 
earnings and cash flow.

The Group’s EBITDA¹ prior to property adjustments 
was $7.05 million. This compares to the FY17 EBITDA¹ 
of $8.37 million. These EBITDA¹ results include a 
number of items, which if adjusted for, demonstrate the 
strength in the Group’s core business operations.

04

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use onlyEBITDA¹ prior to gains and losses 
on revaluations and write-offs

FY18 
$’000

FY17 
$’000

7,054

8,369

Net operating cash flow at $2.94 million was 27.8% 
below FY17. Interest paid at $2.78 million increased by 
22% over FY17 with development costs at Terranora and 
Couran Cove negatively affecting operating cashflow of 
$1.67 million (FY17 a $1.30 million).

Bartercard write-down/(gain)

253

(1,320)

Couran Cove consulting fees

Insurance gain

Director termination payments

CEO retirement payment

-

-

-

136

Profit on sale of Victoria St, Mackay

(501)

(1,000)

(638)

520

-

-

EBITDA¹ from core operations

6,942

5,931

Adjusted for the above items, EBITDA1 from the 
Group’s core operations increased by 17% over FY17. 
This was achieved as a result of a higher occupancy 
rate of 92.9% (FY17 89.6%), the acquisition of 3 villages, 
acquisition of 50% interest in the Tasmanian Joint 
Venture (2.5 months contribution only) and control of 
expenditure levels.

Bank debt increased by 9.5% to $55.34 million (FY17 
$50.56 million). During the period Eureka complied 
with all bank covenants. In April 2018 the bank covenant 
for loan to value ratio was increased from 55% to 57.5% 
until September 30, 2018 to fund Eureka’s $4.50 million 
commitment to the joint venture established to acquire 
the Tasmanian villages. The improving cash flow and 
asset sales has meant Eureka has not exceeded the 55% 
limit. The realisation of proceeds from the settlement of 
Couran Cove transactions, Terranora land and unit sales 
and remaining Supported Residential Facility (SRF)  
assets will generate in excess of $20.00 million that can 
be utilised for debt reduction and acquisitions.

1 EBITDA (Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation) 
is a non- IFRS measure, however the directors believe that it is a readily 
calculated measure that has broad acceptance and is used by regular 
users of published financial statements as proxy for overall operating 
performance. EBITDA presented has been calculated from amounts 
disclosed in the financial statements.

Top left: Residents at Eureka 
Launceston Gardens

Top right: Residents at Eureka 
Glenorchy Gardens

Bottom right: Eureka Devonport 
Gardens manager, Donna Mackrell

Opposite page: Dining at Eureka 
Claremont Gardens

05

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use onlySubsequent to year-end, Eureka has re-negotiated its 
banking arrangements, consolidating the debt into 
one facility maturing in 3.5 years on 31 December 2021. 
This reflects a 2 year extension to the $20.00 million 
component of the facility and demonstrates Eureka’s 
excellent relationship with its bankers.

During the period, asset sales totalled $3.90 million 
from the sale of the Mackay property, Amber Lodge 
Supported Residential Facility and ancillary assets.

Portfolio Occupancy

The occupancy performance for the 100% owned 
villages increased from 89.6% in FY17 to 92.9% in FY18. 
This is an excellent result achieved through a focused 
local market strategy including open days, close liaison 
with institutional and health care agencies and media 
sales programs. Eureka expects further occupancy 
improvement in FY19. 

Acquisitions

During the period Eureka acquired 3 new villages for 
$6.26 million, including acquisition costs:

July 2017

Gympie

42 units

August 2017

Townsville

12 units

August 2017

Ayr

18 units

72 units

$’000

4,282

880

1,095

6,257

Eureka also entered into a joint venture with a group of 
unrelated private investors to acquire five senior rental 
villages in Tasmania comprising 254 units. The 50% 
investment totalled $4.50 million. Eureka entered into a 
10 year management agreement with the joint venture.

At year end Eureka’s portfolio comprised 32 owned 
villages (including owned through joint venture) and 9 
villages under management representing 2,182 units, a 
12.8% increase on FY17’s 1,934 units.

Supported Residential Facilities (SRF)

During FY16 and FY17 Eureka acquired 3 SRFs in South 
Australia at a cost of $11.76 million. The SRFs have not 
performed as expected, resulting in write downs of 
$5.33 million over the last two years. 

As the SRFs do not fit with Eureka’s core senior rental 
village business, Amber Lodge in Adelaide was sold in 
March 2018 for written down book value of $2.20 million 
and subsequent to year end, a contract has been entered 
into for the sale of the Lambert facility at Mount Gambier 
for $1.10 million, in line with written down book value. The 
sale is conditional on a consent for the transfer of the SRF 
licence. Two properties owned adjacent to the facility 
have been put to market and will be sold separately with 
expected proceeds of $0.70 million. 

The third SRF in Adelaide has a book value of $3.60 
million. This facility has accreditation under the 
National Disability Insurance Scheme (NDIS). This 
facility is operating profitably, and we expect further 
improvement in the coming year. 

Blue Care Alliance

In June 2016 Eureka and Uniting Church Queensland 
(Blue Care) entered into a strategic partnership 
that provided Eureka residents with a range of 
home services, offering preferred care and support 
programs enabled through government funding 
programs. These programs enhance the living 
environment provided through the Eureka senior rental 
accommodation model.

06

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use onlyThe partnership is consistent with Eureka’s philosophy 
of delivering quality independent living communities 
that are safe, secure and well managed. It is also 
consistent with a growing national health trend enabling 
senior residents to participate in self-management of 
health under professional guidance. During FY18 the 
number of visits, hours and services delivered by Blue 
Care liaison officers increased significantly over FY17. 
While off a low base, the improved service delivery 
rates demonstrates the partnership is beneficial for the 
Eureka business model. Jointly Blue Care and Eureka 
management are committed to proactively expanding 
the partnership, including the acceleration of referrals to 
the Eureka villages.

Bartercard

Eureka has in recent years used Bartercard as a medium 
of exchange for business transactions including 
contracting to receive Bartercard dollars for a portion of 
sales at Terranora and the Couran Cove loan repayment. 
At balance date Eureka has T$2.10 million Bartercard 
dollars, a portion of which is held as deposits for 
future receipt of goods. Eureka will no longer receive 
Bartercard dollars except for committed transactions 
under Terranora sales. The use of Bartercard dollars 
for the purchase of goods and services will be actively 
managed to reduce this exposure. 

Bottom left: Resident at Eureka 
Cascade Gardens, Mackay, Qld

Bottom right: Eureka Murray River 
Gardens Mildura village manager, 
Collette Hazeldene helping a resident 
to master the internet

Above: Terranora Village

Terranora

Terranora Village and associated property was acquired 
in December 2015 for $7.00 million.

Originally built as the Royal Terranora Resort to service 
an 18-hole golf course and associated licensed premises, 
the apartments were generally larger than typical 
Eureka units being up to 100 square metres internally.

With the larger apartments, excess land and strength 
in the Gold Coast property market, it was determined 
to strata title existing apartments and sell them on a 
retail basis.

Town planners were engaged and a subdivision plan, 
comprising the existing apartments plus surplus 
development land lots were designed, and an 
application was lodged with the Tweed Shire Council.

The property is now designed as a two lot subdivision 
in accordance with the final development approval. 
The previously identified third lot is now required to be 
transferred to the Body Corporate as common property. 
All conditions have been complied with to achieve titling 
of the two lot subdivision creating a separate title for the 
4.8ha of vacant land. We expect to receive Tweed Shire 
Council confirmation for the subdivision in September 
enabling this component to proceed to titling. 

Significant progress has been made in finalising 
certificates of compliance and meeting development 
approval conditions for the 61 strata title units situated on 
a separate title on completion of the two lot subdivision. 

Despite the delay of the titling process, 12 conditional sales 
contracts (subject to titling) and 12 Expressions of Interest 
(EOIs) have been received. As soon as titling is achieved, 
the sales program will be accelerated. These contracts 
and EOIs approximate to $6.98 million sale value.

07

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use onlyCouran Cove

Directors and staff

On 30 August 2018, Eureka released to the ASX an 
announcement on a settlement which Eureka has 
reached with Onterran Limited, Couran Cove entities 
and other parties pertaining to outstanding loans and 
property transactions.

The financial impact of the transactions on asset values 
and transactions costs is included in the financial 
statements. The details of these transactions are 
specifically set out in the financial statements note 34.

The settlement of the Couran Cove issues is a 
pragmatic resolution given the financial challenges 
that are being faced by Onterran Limited. While it is not 
entirely satisfactory due to the asset write downs and 
losses incurred on this investment, the independent 
directors are of the view this settlement is in the long 
term interests of Eureka and is the best outcome in 
the circumstances.

Outlook

The completion of the Couran Cove transaction and 
expected finalisation of titling for the 61 apartments at 
Terranora in the next few months has, and will continue 
to free up capital to redeploy in the core business and 
as a consequence contribute to improved returns on 
the existing capital base.

The Eureka senior rental accommodation business is 
capable of generating satisfactory returns on capital 
employed. Management focus will be on improving 
operations at the village level, streamlining support 
services, cost reductions, evaluating and implementing 
upgraded financial and operating systems to exploit 
operating efficiencies and improved reporting.

The Board is mindful that debt levels are at the high 
end of the range considered acceptable. The Group’s 
business model, however, which is based on building 
a steady, sustainable cashflow from a profitable asset 
base, can support a level of debt to fund the acquisition 
and expansion program.

Eureka has a strong platform to expand its business base 
through acquisitions and infill developments including 
at some existing Eureka villages. An excellent opportunity 
exists for Eureka to scale its platform of providing secure, 
safe and friendly residential accommodation in the 
social infrastructure segment of retirement living. The 
accommodation and other services needs of Australia’s 
ageing population continues to grow. Eureka’s affordable 
senior rental living model is well placed to capitalise on 
supplying services to the growing number of Australians 
reaching retirement with few or no assets, together with 
the baby boomer segment moving into retirement in 
significant numbers. 

08

The Company is implementing improvements in its 
corporate governance practices and will continuously 
undertake to ensure best practice is achieved.

I was appointed Chairman of Eureka in November 2017. Mr 
Robin Levison stepped down as Chairman and remained 
on the Board until his retirement on 29 March 2018.

Sue Renkin was appointed a Director in November 2017 
and immediately assumed Chair of the Audit and Risk 
Committee. I thank all Directors for their contribution 
and effort during the year under review.

Laura Fanning was appointed Company Secretary on 
June 28, 2018. Ms Fanning has broad listed company 
finance and secretarial experience including in risk 
management and corporate governance.

We have a short-list of excellent candidates for the 
position of Chief Executive Officer and expect to 
announce an appointment in September 2018. 
This appointment will provide leadership to our 
management team and enhance the focus on the 
FY19 business plan to achieve improved financial 
returns for shareholders.

The Chief Executive Officer Mr Jeff Weigh retired on 
May 31, 2018 for personal reasons. I then assumed 
the role of Executive Chairman and will remain in 
that position until a new Chief Executive Officer is 
appointed. An extensive search has been conducted 
through an independent search consultant. I thank all 
staff for their contribution and effort during a difficult 
period. It is very much appreciated. 

To our shareholders, your Board and management 
are committed to expediently finalising the asset 
restructuring program. Eureka is well placed for the 
profitable expansion of its operating platform that will 
underpin increased shareholder value on a sustainable 
basis in the future.

Murray Boyte 
Executive Chairman 
31 August 2018

Pictured right: Eureka Devonport 
Gardens, Tasmania

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only09

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use onlyFY2018 Acquisitions

Eureka Group 
Holdings continued its 
strategy of investing 
in core property assets 
to build on its business 
model and deliver 
financial returns 
to investors. 

During FY17-18, EGH added 
a further eight seniors’ 
rental villages to its portfolio, 
numbering an additional 
326 units and associated 
onsite facilities. This also 
included the company 
expanding its operations 
into Tasmania through a 
50% joint venture with a 
group of private investors 
in which EGH has existing 
business relationships.

The Tasmanian joint venture 
was settled in April 2018 and 
comprises the purchase of 
five new villages in Devonport, 
Launceston and Hobart 
with EGH also providing 
management services at 
each village.

Freshwater Villas 
Gympie, Queensland 

Eureka Freshwater Villas contains 42 units 
within short driving distance to retail, 
entertainment and medical facilities. 
The village has additional land that can 
accommodate further residential units.

Units: 42 (plus vacant land)

Facilities: Communal dining, kitchen, 
community room and reception/
manager’s office

Koinonia Village 
Ayr, North Queensland

Eureka purchased the 18-unit Koinonia Village 
in Ayr from Blue Care in August 2017. Eureka 
Koinonia Village is conveniently located close 
to Ayr’s town centre with hospital, retail and 
recreational facilities within a short driving 
distance from the village.

Units: 18

Galilee Lodge 
Townsville, North Queensland

Located in the suburb of South Townsville, 
Eureka Galilee Court is a small independent 
seniors’ village comprised of 12 self-contained 
one-bedroom units. The village was purchased 
from Blue Care in August 2017 and has vacant 
land to develop further units.

Units: 12 (plus vacant land)

Facilities: Community room

* Eureka holds 50% ownership in five Tasmanian seniors’ village assets through a joint venture that includes the provision of management 
services at each property.

10

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use onlyDevonport Gardens 
Devonport, Tasmania *

Featuring 51 self-contained units, Eureka Devonport Gardens is centrally located 
close to the Devonport CBD with medical, retail and service facilities nearby. 

Units: 51 

 Facilities: Communal dining, kitchen, community room and 

reception/manager’s office

Launceston Gardens 
Launceston, Tasmania *

Eureka Launceston Gardens comprises 55 self-contained units affording 
residents easy access to public transport, medical, retail and service facilities. 

Units: 55 

 Facilities: Communal dining, kitchen, community room and 
reception/manager’s office

Elphinwood Gardens 
Launceston, Tasmania *

Eureka Elphinwood Gardens is located within short travelling distance to 
Launceston’s CBD and features 55 one-bedroom units. 

Units: 55 

 Facilities: Communal dining, kitchen, community room and 
reception/manager’s office

Claremont Gardens 
Hobart, Tasmania *

Eureka Claremont Gardens is a secure gated seniors’ community containing 
51 units located close to the Derwent River and parklands and is within easy 
access to retail, medical and service facilities. 

Units: 51 

 Facilities: Communal dining, kitchen, community room and 
reception/manager’s office

Glenorchy Gardens 
Hobart, Tasmania *

Eureka Glenorchy Gardens is located within Hobart’s northern suburbs. The 
42-unit village has panoramic views to Mount Wellington and offers residents 
access to a range of health and retail facilities nearby. 

Units: 42 

 Facilities: Communal dining, kitchen, community room and 
reception/manager’s office

11

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only“Julie and Rob did their utmost 
to make mum’s transition to her 
new unit as seamless as possible 
… Mum is settling in well and has 
enjoyed meeting new people and 
has loved being part of the social 
club. From a family point of view, 
it is nice to be able to have lunch 
with mum in the community 
room … I feel that this has been a 
positive move for mum.”

Donna Greenhouse, daughter of a 
resident living at Eureka Elphinwood 
Gardens, Launceston

12

“We’ve got a really good village 
here where residents can choose 
to be as social or as private as 
they wish…independent living 
is the key here but it’s good to 
know there are neighbours 
who’ve grown to become great 
friends who keep an eye out for 
each other.”

Dot Jensen, resident at Eureka Care 
Communities, Rockhampton

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only“I believe that Eureka Myall Place 
ticks all the boxes in delivering 
a caring and safe living 
environment where residents 
can choose to be as social as they 
want, while also respecting the 
privacy of others.

Another really important reason 
for me choosing to live here is my 
dear little 8-year-old spaniel dog, 
EJ. Eureka is pet friendly and 
I know how special pets are to 
their elderly owners.”

Cecelia (Bubs) Hancock, resident at  
Eureka Myall Place, Whyalla

13

“My mother has found a home 
here. We are thankful that we 
know she has people who look 
out for her, (and) found friends 
she enjoys life with. My mum 
likes quality when it comes to 
meals and the staff bend over 
backwards to cater to her food 
restrictions. So happy knowing 
that the transition from our 
family home to Eureka was a 
great move.”

Diane Clark, daughter of a resident at  
Eureka Cascade Gardens, Mackay

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use onlyClockwise from top left: Resident from Eureka 
Devonport Gardens; Eureka Care Communities 
Wulguru; Eureka Claremont Gardens; Resident 
and pooch from Eureka Glenorchy Gardens; 
Eureka Care Communities Condon; Patsy and 
Puss from Eureka Mount Gambier Retirement 
Village; Sun-filled sitting room at Eureka 
Launceston Gardens. 

14

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only15

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use onlyEureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

The Directors present their report on Eureka Group Holdings Limited (the “Company”, “EGH” or “Eureka”) and its controlled 
entities (the “Group”, or the “Consolidated Entity”) for the year ended 30 June 2018. 

DIRECTORS 

The following persons were directors of the Company during the whole of the financial year and up to the date of this report, 
unless otherwise stated: 

Murray Boyte 
Sue Renkin 
Nirmal Hansra 
Lachlan McIntosh 
Robin Levison 

Appointed 24 November 2017 
Appointed 24 November 2017 

Resigned 29 March 2018 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 

The principal activities of EGH include: 

• 

• 

Providing specialist property asset management through property ownership and caretaking and infrastructure 
management; and 
Providing accommodation and tailored services to a broad market of aged residents with discretionary and non-
discretionary spend characteristics. 

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS AND RESULTS 

The Group has reported a loss for the year of $0.28 million (2017:  profit of $6.54 million).  The Group’s core assets have 
performed strongly and achieved an overall increase in occupancy, revenue growth from existing and acquired villages and 
cost reductions.  However, asset revaluations, write-downs and realised losses on non-core property assets totalling $4.33 
million (2017: gain of $1.05 million) have adversely impacted the results. 

A summary of the Group’s performance is shown in Table 1. 

Table 1: Performance Summary 

Revenue  - rental 
                - catering and service fees 
                - other 
Other income including share of joint venture profit 
Total Revenue and other income (excluding revaluation gains) 
Expenses from operations 
EBITDA1 prior to asset revaluations and write-offs 
Net gain/(loss) on revaluation of investment property 
Loss on revaluation of assets associated with Couran Cove investment 2 
Couran Cove inventory write down and transaction costs 2 
EBITDA1 
Finance costs  
Depreciation and amortisation  
Profit/(loss) before tax 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

15,674 
6,036 
864 
810 
23,384 
(16,330) 
7,054 
(1,439) 
(1,763) 
(1,124) 
2,728 
(2,753) 
(251) 
(276) 

14,826 
5,980 
3,247 
1,374 
25,427 
(17,058) 
8,369 
1,046 
- 
- 
9,415 
(2,606) 
(271) 
6,538 

1  EBITDA  (Earnings  before  interest,  tax,  depreciation  and  amortisation)  is  a  non-IFRS  measure  however,  the  directors 
believe that it is a readily calculated measure that has broad acceptance and is used by regular users of published financial 
statements as proxy for overall operating performance. EBITDA presented has been calculated from amounts disclosed 
in the financial statements. 

2  Further details about the Couran Cove investment are provided in Note 9. 

As shown in Table 1, the Group’s EBITDA prior to asset revaluations and write-offs, was $7.05 million (2017: $8.37 million).   

16

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

16 

Directors’ Report2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following persons were directors of the Company during the whole of the financial year and up to the date of this report, 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

DIRECTORS 

unless otherwise stated: 

Murray Boyte 

Sue Renkin 

Nirmal Hansra 

Lachlan McIntosh 

Robin Levison 

PRINCIPAL ACTIVITIES 

The principal activities of EGH include: 

• 

• 

management; and 

discretionary spend characteristics. 

REVIEW OF OPERATIONS AND RESULTS 

Appointed 24 November 2017 

Appointed 24 November 2017 

Resigned 29 March 2018 

Providing specialist property asset management through property ownership and caretaking and infrastructure 

Providing accommodation and tailored services to a broad market of aged residents with discretionary and non-

The  Group has reported a loss for the year of $0.28 million (2017:  profit of $6.54 million).  The Group’s core assets have 

performed strongly and achieved an overall increase in occupancy, revenue growth from existing and acquired villages and 

cost reductions.  However, asset revaluations, write-downs and realised losses on non-core property assets totalling $4.33 

million (2017: gain of $1.05 million) have adversely impacted the results. 

Table 1: Performance Summary 

Revenue  - rental 

                - other 

                - catering and service fees 

Other income including share of joint venture profit 

Total Revenue and other income (excluding revaluation gains) 

Expenses from operations 

EBITDA1 prior to asset revaluations and write-offs 

Net gain/(loss) on revaluation of investment property 

Loss on revaluation of assets associated with Couran Cove investment 2 

Couran Cove inventory write down and transaction costs 2 

EBITDA1 

Finance costs  

Depreciation and amortisation  

Profit/(loss) before tax 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

15,674 

6,036 

864 

810 

23,384 

(16,330) 

7,054 

(1,439) 

(1,763) 

(1,124) 

2,728 

(2,753) 

(251) 

(276) 

$’000 

14,826 

5,980 

3,247 

1,374 

25,427 

(17,058) 

8,369 

1,046 

- 

- 

9,415 

(2,606) 

(271) 

6,538 

1  EBITDA  (Earnings  before  interest,  tax,  depreciation  and  amortisation)  is  a  non-IFRS  measure  however,  the  directors 

believe that it is a readily calculated measure that has broad acceptance and is used by regular users of published financial 

statements as proxy for overall operating performance. EBITDA presented has been calculated from amounts disclosed 

in the financial statements. 

2  Further details about the Couran Cove investment are provided in Note 9. 

As shown in Table 1, the Group’s EBITDA prior to asset revaluations and write-offs, was $7.05 million (2017: $8.37 million).   

The Directors present their report on Eureka Group Holdings Limited (the “Company”, “EGH” or “Eureka”) and its controlled 

Eureka now owns 32 villages and has 9 villages under management, representing 2,182 units (2017: 1,934 units). 

entities (the “Group”, or the “Consolidated Entity”) for the year ended 30 June 2018. 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

Financial Position 

Key financial information in relation to the Group’s financial position at year end is shown below: 

$’000 
Total Assets 
$’000 
Net assets 
Working capital (current assets less current liabilities)  $’000 
$’000 
Cash and cash equivalents 
$’000 
Debt 
‘000 
Shares on issue 
cents 
Earnings per share (basic and diluted) 
cents 
Net tangible assets per share 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

133,300 
74,700 
16,327 
1,986 
55,337 
230,038 
(0.12) 
29.8 

128,534 
74,867 
11,872 
4,395 
50,556 
229,672 
2.84 
29.8 

Significant balance sheet movements during the financial year were as follows: 

• 

• 

Total assets increased by $4.77 million, primarily due to the acquisition of 3 villages and Eureka’s 50% investment in a 
joint venture for another 5 villages. 
Total liabilities increased by $4.93 million due to a net increase in borrowings ($4.78 million) which partly funded the 
above acquisitions. 

•  Working capital increased by $4.46 million, due the reclassification of properties from Investment Property to Inventory 

(Terranora and Couran Cove) and Assets held for sale (Lambert Village). 

•  Cash reduced by $2.41 million, primarily as a result of the acquisitions during the year.  However, cash flow from 

operations was negatively impacted by non-core and underperforming assets including Terranora and Couran Cove. 

Further details on changes in the Group’s financial position are provided below. 

A summary of the Group’s performance is shown in Table 1. 

Acquisitions 

The following villages were acquired during the year for $6.26 million (including transaction costs) and meet the Group’s target 
performance hurdle rates for village and associated management rights performance: 

• 
Freshwater Villas in Gympie - July 2017 
•  Galilee Lodge in Townsville - August 2017 
•  Koinonia Village in Ayr - August 2017 

Eureka invested $4.50 million to acquire a 50% interest in a joint venture that acquired 5 villages in Tasmania for a total 
purchase price of $18.00 million. The acquisition of the villages was funded by a $9.90 million bank loan in the joint venture 
and cash contributed by the joint venture partners.  EGH also issued $100,000 of EGH shares to its joint venture partner to 
secure the management rights of the 5 Tasmanian villages. 

In addition, the Group spent $3.10 million on enhancing existing properties through capital additions. 

Disposals 

During the 30 June 2018 financial year, the Group divested its Victoria St, Mackay property and Amber Lodge, one of the 
Group’s supported residential facilities in Adelaide, for combined sales proceeds of $3.40 million.   

The Group received $0.31 million in sale proceeds from the disposal of a number of gaming licenses during the year. 

Couran Cove 

Subsequent to year end, Eureka reached agreement with Onterran Ltd, Couran Cove entities and other parties pertaining to 
outstanding loans and property transactions.  

The financial impact of the transaction on asset values and transaction costs is included in the financial statements with details 
outlined in Note 34, Subsequent Events. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

16 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

17 

17

Directors’ ReportEUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

Terranora 

Eureka continues to work through the extensive list of Council conditions for the Development Approval for the subdivision 
and strata titling of the Terranora project. 

Completion of the two lot subdivision in accordance with the final development approval is nearing completion.  The previously 
identified third lot is now required to be transferred to the  body corporate as common property.   All conditions have been 
complied with to achieve titling of the two lot subdivision creating a separate title for the 4.8ha of vacant land.  We expect to 
receive Tweed Shire Council confirmation for the subdivision in September enabling this component to proceed to titling.   

Significant progress has been made in finalising certificates of compliance and meeting development approval conditions for 
the 61 strata title units which will be situated on a separate title on completion of the two lot subdivision.  Despite the delay of 
the titling process, 12 conditional sales contracts (subject to titling) and 12 Expression of Interests have been achieved.  As 
soon as titling is received, the sales program will be accelerated.   

Capital management – debt & equity 

Debt 
Bank debt increased from $50.56 million to $55.30 million to fund the above village acquisitions.  The Group was in compliance 
with all banking covenants during the year.  Subsequent to year end, the Group  consolidated its NAB debt into one facility, 
which matures on 31 December 2021.  This represents a two year extension for $20.00 million of the facility. 

Equity 
The following changes in equity occurred during the year: 

• 

• 

• 

The Company issued 365,715 ordinary shares in consideration for securing the management rights associated with the 
Tasmanian villages, as noted above.  In 2017, 5.263 million shares were issued as part of a capital raising. 
The on-market share buy-back was extended until 16 March 2019 but no shares were bought back and cancelled 
during the year (2017: 1,375,950 shares). 
1,500,000 options (2017: nil) and 878,465 performance rights (2017: nil) were issued as detailed in the Remuneration 
Report. 500,000 options and 319,375 performance rights remain outstanding at 30 June 2018 after the others lapsed 
during the year. 

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE OF AFFAIRS 

There were no significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group, other than those addressed in the Directors’ Report and 
in Note 34 Subsequent Events. 

DIVIDENDS 

No dividends have been paid during the year  (2017: $nil). No dividends are recommended for the financial year ended 30 
June 2018. 

LIKELY DEVELOPMENTS AND EXPECTED RESULTS 

In the 2019 financial year, the Board will remain committed to disposing of the Group’s non-core and underperforming assets. 
The sale of the Lambert facility and the partial realisation of the Couran Cove investment will free up capital to redeploy in the 
core business.  Achieving the approvals necessary for the issuing of titles at Terranora, and subsequent unit sales, is a major 
focus for the Group. 

Eureka  will  continue  to  pursue  growth  of  its  seniors’  rental  accommodation  platform  through  village  acquisition,  infill 
developments and the active management of its existing portfolio.   Management focus will be on improving operations and 
profitability at the village level, streamlining support services, cost reductions, evaluating and implementing upgraded financial 
and operating systems to gain operating efficiencies and improved reporting.   

The Company regularly reviews its management rights portfolio and will seek to extend its management rights contracts where 
possible. 

Eureka is in the final selection stages for a new Chief Executive Officer to replace recently retired Jeff Weigh, and expects to 
announce the appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer in September 2018.  

18

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

18 

Directors’ Report2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

Terranora 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

MATERIAL BUSINESS RISKS 

Eureka continues to work through the extensive list of Council conditions for the Development Approval for the subdivision 

and strata titling of the Terranora project. 

The Board is committed to monitoring and mitigating business risks faced by the Group, including the following key risks that 
have the potential to materially impact its financial prospects: 

Completion of the two lot subdivision in accordance with the final development approval is nearing completion.  The previously 

identified third lot is now required to be transferred to the  body corporate as common property.   All conditions have been 

complied with to achieve titling of the two lot subdivision creating a separate title for the 4.8ha of vacant land.  We expect to 

receive Tweed Shire Council confirmation for the subdivision in September enabling this component to proceed to titling.   

•  Acquisition risk – acquiring villages has and will continue to be a source of growth for the Group.  Identifying properties 
that meet the Group’s target performance hurdle rate, and sit within the risk appetite set by the Board, is critical to the 
Group’s performance.  The Group’s Board and management is experienced in acquiring properties and will conduct 
comprehensive analysis and due diligence as part of its acquisition process. 

Significant progress has been made in finalising certificates of compliance and meeting development approval conditions for 

the 61 strata title units which will be situated on a separate title on completion of the two lot subdivision.  Despite the delay of 

the titling process, 12 conditional sales contracts (subject to titling) and 12 Expression of Interests have been achieved.  As 

soon as titling is received, the sales program will be accelerated.   

•  Changes in Government funding (pension and rent assistance) – the Group provides affordable rental accommodation 

to seniors and many of the villages’ residents are reliant on government funding in the form of pensions or rent 
assistance.  An adverse change in government funding, may have a direct impact on village occupancy, profitability and 
asset values.  The Group manages its village and support office costs having regard to occupancy levels. 

Capital management – debt & equity 

•  Demand for non-core products – the Group has exposure to non-core properties at Terranora and Couran Cove.  The 
Group’s successful exit from these properties is dependent on achievement of approvals and/or unit sales occurring at 
forecast values within an acceptable timeframe.   

Bank debt increased from $50.56 million to $55.30 million to fund the above village acquisitions.  The Group was in compliance 

with all banking covenants during the year.  Subsequent to year end, the Group  consolidated its NAB debt into one facility, 

which matures on 31 December 2021.  This represents a two year extension for $20.00 million of the facility. 

SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

Details  of events  that  occurred  after the end of  the  financial  year  are contained in  Note 34.  These  transactions include  a 
material restructure of the Couran Cove investment, the sale of the Lambert village and an extension of the NAB debt facility.  

No other matter or circumstance has arisen since 30 June 2018 that has significantly affected, or may significantly affect, the 
operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group in subsequent financial years. 

ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATION 

The  Group’s  operations  are  not  subject  to  any  particular  or  significant  environmental  regulation  under  a  law  of  the 
Commonwealth or of a State or Territory. 

INFORMATION ON DIRECTORS 

The details of each Director’s qualifications, experience and special responsibilities for those in office during the year are: 

Name: 
Title: 

Qualifications: 

Experience & expertise: 

Other listed company directorships: 

Former directorships (last 3 years) 
Special responsibilities:  

Interests in shares: 
Interests in options: 

Murray Boyte  
Independent non-executive Chairman - 24 November 2017 to 29 April 2018 
Executive Chairman - 30 April 2018 (ongoing) 
Murray holds a Bachelor of Commerce and Administration from the Victoria University 
in Wellington and is a member of the Australian Institute of Company Directors, the 
Institute  of  Directors  of  New  Zealand  and  Chartered  Accountants  Australia  &  New 
Zealand. 
Murray has over 35 years’ experience in merchant banking and finance, undertaking 
company reconstructions, mergers and acquisitions in Australia, New Zealand, North 
America  and  Hong  Kong.  In  addition,  Murray  has  held  executive  positions  and 
Directorships  in  the  transport,  horticulture,  financial  services,  investment,  health 
services  and  property  industries.  He  was  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  of  ASX  listed 
Ariadne Australia Limited from 2002 to 2015.  
Abano  Healthcare  Group  Limited  (NZX)  and  National  Tyre  &  Wheel  Limited  (ASX: 
NTD).  
Unity Pacific Group (ASX: UPG) 
Chair of the Board from 24 November 2017, Member of Audit & Risk Committee from 
28 June 2018, Member of Nomination & Remuneration Committee from 28 June 2018 
Nil 
Nil 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

18 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

19 

19

Debt 

Equity 

• 

• 

• 

DIVIDENDS 

June 2018. 

The following changes in equity occurred during the year: 

The Company issued 365,715 ordinary shares in consideration for securing the management rights associated with the 

Tasmanian villages, as noted above.  In 2017, 5.263 million shares were issued as part of a capital raising. 

The on-market share buy-back was extended until 16 March 2019 but no shares were bought back and cancelled 

during the year (2017: 1,375,950 shares). 

1,500,000 options (2017: nil) and 878,465 performance rights (2017: nil) were issued as detailed in the Remuneration 

Report. 500,000 options and 319,375 performance rights remain outstanding at 30 June 2018 after the others lapsed 

during the year. 

SIGNIFICANT CHANGES IN THE STATE OF AFFAIRS 

There were no significant changes in the state of affairs of the Group, other than those addressed in the Directors’ Report and 

in Note 34 Subsequent Events. 

No dividends have been paid during the year  (2017: $nil). No dividends are recommended for the financial year ended 30 

LIKELY DEVELOPMENTS AND EXPECTED RESULTS 

In the 2019 financial year, the Board will remain committed to disposing of the Group’s non-core and underperforming assets. 

The sale of the Lambert facility and the partial realisation of the Couran Cove investment will free up capital to redeploy in the 

core business.  Achieving the approvals necessary for the issuing of titles at Terranora, and subsequent unit sales, is a major 

focus for the Group. 

Eureka  will  continue  to  pursue  growth  of  its  seniors’  rental  accommodation  platform  through  village  acquisition,  infill 

developments and the active management of its existing portfolio.   Management focus will be on improving operations and 

profitability at the village level, streamlining support services, cost reductions, evaluating and implementing upgraded financial 

and operating systems to gain operating efficiencies and improved reporting.   

The Company regularly reviews its management rights portfolio and will seek to extend its management rights contracts where 

possible. 

Eureka is in the final selection stages for a new Chief Executive Officer to replace recently retired Jeff Weigh, and expects to 

announce the appointment of a new Chief Executive Officer in September 2018.  

Directors’ ReportEUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

Name: 
Title: 

Qualifications: 

Experience & expertise: 

Robin Levison 
Non-Executive Chairman - 1 July 2017 to 23 November 2017 
Non-Executive Director 24 November 2017 to 29 March 2018  
Robin holds a Masters of Business Administration from the University of Queensland 
and is a Member of Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand. 
Robin has 15 years of Public Company Management experience. During this time he 
served as Managing Director at Industrea Limited and Spectrum Resources and has 
held senior roles at KPMG, Barclays Bank and Merrill Lynch. Robin is also a Deputy 
Chair  of  the  University  of  Queensland  Business,  Economics  and  Law  Alumni 
Ambassador Council, and is a Graduate and Fellow of Australian Institute of Company 
Directors.  

Other listed company directorships:   PPK Group Limited 
Former directorships (last 3 years) 
Special responsibilities: 
Interests in shares: 
Interests in options: 

Nil 
Chair of the Board to 23 November 2017 
As per Remuneration Report for the period Robin was a director. 
Nil 

Name: 
Title: 
Qualifications: 

Experience & expertise: 

Lachlan McIntosh 
Non-Executive Director 
Lachlan  has  a  Bachelor  of  Commerce  degree  and  is  a  Member  of  Chartered 
Accountants Australia and New Zealand.  
He  specialises  in  corporate  finance  and  mergers  and  acquisitions.  He  has  had 
substantial experience in the real estate and retirement accommodation industry along 
with significant experience in the franchising industries and mining services industries.  

Other listed company directorships:  Onterran Limited. 
Former directorships (last 3 years) 
Special responsibilities:  

Interests in shares: 
Interests in options: 

Name: 
Title: 
Qualifications: 

Experience & expertise: 

Nil 
Member  of  Audit  &  Risk  Committee,  Member  of  Nomination  &  Remuneration 
Committee. 
11,916,166 
Nil 

Nirmal Hansra 
Non-Executive Director  
Nirmal holds a Master of Commerce (Business Management) degree from University 
of NSW and is a Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors, Fellow of the 
Governance Institute of Australia, Fellow of Chartered Accountants Australia and New 
Zealand and Fellow of Australian Society of Certified Practicing Accountants.  
He has over 35 years of senior executive management experience and 12 years of 
board and corporate advisory experience. During this time Nirmal had roles as Chief 
Financial Officer/Finance Director of listed companies such as Industrea Limited, ISoft 
Group  Limited,  Australian  Pharmaceutical  Industries  Limited  and  Ruralco  Holdings 
Limited. 
Nirmal  is  Chair  of  Campbell  Page  Limited  and  non-executive  director  of  Kuringai 
Financial  Services  Limited,  Link  Housing  Limited,  Council  of  the  Ageing  (COTA)  in 
New  South Wales,  Children’s  Tumour  Foundation  of  Australia  Limited  and  Have  A 
Voice Pty Limited. Recently he has been appointed Independent Member of the Audit 
&  Risk  Committee  for  the  Department  of  Finance,  Services  and  Innovation and  the 
Property & Advisory Group of the NSW Government. 

Other listed company directorships:   Nil 
Nil 
Former directorships (last 3 years) 
Chair of Nomination & Remuneration Committee, Member of Audit & Risk Committee 
Special responsibilities:  
839,834 shares 
Interests in shares: 
Nil 
Interests in options: 

20

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

20 

Directors’ Report2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

Name: 

Title: 

Robin Levison 

Non-Executive Chairman - 1 July 2017 to 23 November 2017 

Non-Executive Director 24 November 2017 to 29 March 2018  

Qualifications: 

Robin holds a Masters of Business Administration from the University of Queensland 

Experience & expertise: 

and is a Member of Chartered Accountants Australia and New Zealand. 

Robin has 15 years of Public Company Management experience. During this time he 

served as Managing Director at Industrea Limited and Spectrum Resources and has 

held senior roles at KPMG, Barclays Bank and Merrill Lynch. Robin is also a Deputy 

Chair  of  the  University  of  Queensland  Business,  Economics  and  Law  Alumni 

Ambassador Council, and is a Graduate and Fellow of Australian Institute of Company 

Other listed company directorships:   PPK Group Limited 

Former directorships (last 3 years) 

Nil 

Directors.  

Special responsibilities: 

Chair of the Board to 23 November 2017 

Interests in shares: 

Interests in options: 

Nil 

As per Remuneration Report for the period Robin was a director. 

Name: 

Title: 

Qualifications: 

Experience & expertise: 

Lachlan McIntosh 

Non-Executive Director 

Lachlan  has  a  Bachelor  of  Commerce  degree  and  is  a  Member  of  Chartered 

Accountants Australia and New Zealand.  

He  specialises  in  corporate  finance  and  mergers  and  acquisitions.  He  has  had 

substantial experience in the real estate and retirement accommodation industry along 

with significant experience in the franchising industries and mining services industries.  

Other listed company directorships:  Onterran Limited. 

Former directorships (last 3 years) 

Nil 

Special responsibilities:  

Member  of  Audit  &  Risk  Committee,  Member  of  Nomination  &  Remuneration 

Committee. 

11,916,166 

Nil 

Nirmal Hansra 

Non-Executive Director  

Interests in shares: 

Interests in options: 

Name: 

Title: 

Qualifications: 

Experience & expertise: 

Nirmal holds a Master of Commerce (Business Management) degree from University 

of NSW and is a Fellow of the Australian Institute of Company Directors, Fellow of the 

Governance Institute of Australia, Fellow of Chartered Accountants Australia and New 

Zealand and Fellow of Australian Society of Certified Practicing Accountants.  

He has over 35 years of senior executive management experience and 12 years of 

board and corporate advisory experience. During this time Nirmal had roles as Chief 

Financial Officer/Finance Director of listed companies such as Industrea Limited, ISoft 

Group  Limited,  Australian  Pharmaceutical  Industries  Limited  and  Ruralco  Holdings 

Limited. 

Nirmal  is  Chair  of  Campbell  Page  Limited  and  non-executive  director  of  Kuringai 

Financial  Services  Limited,  Link  Housing  Limited,  Council  of  the  Ageing  (COTA)  in 

New  South Wales,  Children’s  Tumour  Foundation  of  Australia  Limited  and  Have  A 

Voice Pty Limited. Recently he has been appointed Independent Member of the Audit 

&  Risk  Committee  for  the  Department  of  Finance,  Services  and  Innovation and  the 

Property & Advisory Group of the NSW Government. 

Other listed company directorships:   Nil 

Former directorships (last 3 years) 

Nil 

Interests in shares: 

Interests in options: 

839,834 shares 

Nil 

Special responsibilities:  

Chair of Nomination & Remuneration Committee, Member of Audit & Risk Committee 

Name: 
Title: 
Qualifications: 

Experience & expertise: 

Sue Renkin 
Non-Executive Director (appointed 24 November 2017) 
Sue  Renkin  holds  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  from  Monash  University,  a 
Graduate  Diploma  in  Corporate  Governance  from  UNE  and  attended  Harvard 
Business School for a course on Competition and Strategy. 
Sue enjoyed almost thirty years as CEO for private hospitals, emergency services and 
not for profit entities.  She now operates a portfolio career as a non-executive director 
and executive coach and mentor. 
Sue  is  a  past  National  Telstra  Business  Woman  of  the  year.  She  is  the  current 
Chairman of Southern Metropolitan Cemeteries Trust, a Director of GMHBA  Limited, 
member of the Global Leadership Board International Women’s Forum, Chairman of 
Monash Bio Medical Research Institute and a member of the GJK Facility Services 
Advisory Board. 

Other listed company directorships:   Nil 
Nil 
Former directorships (last 3 years) 
Chair of Audit & Risk Committee 
Special responsibilities:  
Nil 
Interests in shares: 
Nil 
Interests in options: 

COMPANY SECRETARIES 

Paul Cochrane – Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary 

Paul Cochrane holds a Bachelor of Commerce from University of Queensland, is a Member of  The Chartered Accountants 
Australia and New Zealand  and holds an REIQ Real Estate License. He spent three years as  Chief Financial Officer and 
Company Secretary at Ariadne Australia Ltd, followed by 7 years in a variety of senior roles at Lend Lease Ltd, including 3 
years as Project Director of Springfield Lakes. Paul was also General Manager – Finance at Aveo Ltd, a full service property 
group with a principal focus on retirement living.  He was also Chief Financial Officer for Devine Ltd for 5 years, ultimately 
assuming the role of Company Secretary as well. He began his career with Price Waterhouse serving in the audit Division in 
Brisbane, followed by tenure in Hong Kong and London.   

Laura Fanning – Company Secretary (appointed 28 June 2018) 

Laura is a Chartered Secretary and Chartered Accountant with more than 20 years’ financial, governance and commercial 
experience.  Laura  is  currently  the  Company  Secretary  at  National  Tyre  &  Wheel  Limited  and  has  previously  held  Chief 
Financial Officer and Company Secretary roles at National Veterinary Care Limited and Unity Pacific Group Limited, as well 
as  senior  management  positions  in  other  listed  and  unlisted  companies.  She  has  gained  broad  financial  and  secretarial 
experience across several industries including funds management, property, veterinary services, wholesale distribution and 
franchising. 

DIRECTORS AND MEETINGS ATTENDED 

The number of meetings of the Company’s Board of Directors (‘the Board’) and of each Board Committee held during the 
year, and the number of meetings attended by each Director were: 

Name 
Murray Boyte 
Robin Levison 
Lachlan McIntosh 
Nirmal Hansra 
Sue Renkin 

Directors’  
Meetings 

Audit & Risk Committee 
 Meetings 

Held1 
8 
6 
10 
10 
8 

Attended 
8 
6 
9 
9 
8 

Held1 
2* 
1* 
3 
3 
2 

Attended 
2* 
1* 
3 
2 
2 

Nomination & 
Remuneration 
Committee Meetings 
Held1 
Attended 
- 
- 
3* 
3* 
4 
4 
4 
4 
1* 
1* 

*Attended by invitation 
1 Number of meetings held while a director during the financial year 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

20 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

21 

21

Directors’ ReportEUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) 

This report outlines the remuneration arrangements in place for Eureka Group Holdings Limited’s non-executive directors’, 
executive directors and other key management personnel (“KMP”) of Eureka Group Holdings Limited for the year ended 30 
June  2018.  The  information  provided in this  remuneration  report has  been audited  as  required  by  Section 308(3C)  of the 
Corporations Act 2001. 

This remuneration report has been set out under the following headings: 

a)  Principles of compensation of key management personnel 
b)  Details of remuneration 
c)  Non-executive director remuneration policy 
d)  Service agreements 
e)  Relationship between remuneration and Company performance 
f)  Remuneration consultants 
g)  Equity Instruments held by Key Management Personnel 
h)  Loans to/from Key Management Personnel 
i)  Other transactions with Key Management Personnel 

(a)  PRINCIPLES OF COMPENSATION OF KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

Compensation of key management personnel comprise remuneration determined having regard to industry practice and the 
need to obtain appropriately qualified independent persons.  Compensation aligns executive reward with the achievement of 
strategic objectives and the creation of value for shareholders, and conforms to the market best practice for delivery of reward.  
The  Board  of  Directors  (‘the  Board’)  ensures  that  executive  reward  satisfies  the  following  key  criteria  for  good  reward 
governance practices: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

competitiveness and reasonableness; 
acceptability to shareholders; 
performance linkage/alignment of executive compensation, and 
transparency. 

The Nomination & Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining and reviewing remuneration arrangements for its 
directors and executives.  Consideration is given to normal commercial rates of remuneration for similar levels of responsibility 
and the Company’s financial performance.  

Remuneration comprises the following: 

• 
• 
• 

base pay (salaries/fees) and benefits, including superannuation;  
short-term incentives (bonuses); and 
long-term incentives such as options or rights or shares.   

The performance of the Group depends on the quality of its directors and executives.  The remuneration philosophy is to 
attract, motivate and retain high performance and high quality personnel.  

All  executives  have  detailed  job  descriptions  with  identified  key  performance  indicators  against  which  annual  reviews  are 
compared in relationship between the benefits contained in the employment agreements and the Company’s performance in 
the 2018 financial year. 

Remuneration details for certain individuals are described at (d).  

Short term incentives (STIs) 
Bonus  payments  are  payable  to  management  based  on  achievement  of  agreed  performance  hurdle  (threshold)  criteria 
including: 

•  Profitability; 
•  Occupancy targets; 
•  Successful outcomes on Couran Cove and Terranora transactions; and 
•  Business growth. 

22

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

22 

Directors’ Report2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This report outlines the remuneration arrangements in place for Eureka Group Holdings Limited’s non-executive directors’, 

executive directors and other key management personnel (“KMP”) of Eureka Group Holdings Limited for the year ended 30 

June  2018.  The  information  provided in this  remuneration  report has  been audited  as  required  by  Section 308(3C)  of the 

Corporations Act 2001. 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

REMUNERATION REPORT (AUDITED) 

This remuneration report has been set out under the following headings: 

a)  Principles of compensation of key management personnel 

b)  Details of remuneration 

c)  Non-executive director remuneration policy 

d)  Service agreements 

e)  Relationship between remuneration and Company performance 

f)  Remuneration consultants 

g)  Equity Instruments held by Key Management Personnel 

h)  Loans to/from Key Management Personnel 

i)  Other transactions with Key Management Personnel 

competitiveness and reasonableness; 

acceptability to shareholders; 

performance linkage/alignment of executive compensation, and 

transparency. 

and the Company’s financial performance.  

Remuneration comprises the following: 

base pay (salaries/fees) and benefits, including superannuation;  

short-term incentives (bonuses); and 

long-term incentives such as options or rights or shares.   

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

(a)  PRINCIPLES OF COMPENSATION OF KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

Compensation of key management personnel comprise remuneration determined having regard to industry practice and the 

need to obtain appropriately qualified independent persons.  Compensation aligns executive reward with the achievement of 

strategic objectives and the creation of value for shareholders, and conforms to the market best practice for delivery of reward.  

The  Board  of  Directors  (‘the  Board’)  ensures  that  executive  reward  satisfies  the  following  key  criteria  for  good  reward 

governance practices: 

The performance of the Group depends on the quality of its directors and executives.  The remuneration philosophy is to 

attract, motivate and retain high performance and high quality personnel.  

All  executives  have  detailed  job  descriptions  with  identified  key  performance  indicators  against  which  annual  reviews  are 

compared in relationship between the benefits contained in the employment agreements and the Company’s performance in 

Remuneration details for certain individuals are described at (d).  

Bonus  payments  are  payable  to  management  based  on  achievement  of  agreed  performance  hurdle  (threshold)  criteria 

the 2018 financial year. 

Short term incentives (STIs) 

including: 

•  Profitability; 

•  Occupancy targets; 

•  Business growth. 

•  Successful outcomes on Couran Cove and Terranora transactions; and 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

The performance conditions described above were chosen because they were considered appropriate for senior management 
given the operations.  They are measured by comparing what has been achieved against set budgets/targets. 

Long term incentives (LTIs) 
The Company introduced a new Long Term Incentive (LTI) (Omnibus Equity Plan) plan granting share rights and options to 
the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, which commenced from 23 November 2017.   

Share rights 
Rights were issued at face value having regard to the volume weighted average share price of shares over the 30 trading 
days following the announcement of the company’s 2017 results. 

A  total  of  878,465  share  rights  were  issued  during  this  period  representing  45%  of  total  fixed  remuneration  for  the  Chief 
Executive Officer and 35% of total fixed remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer.  559,090 share rights lapsed upon the 
retirement of the Chief Executive Officer.  

The 319,375 remaining share rights are divisible into two traches of equal value, both tranches being subject to the company’s 
shares  achieving  a  total  shareholder  return  compared  to  the  constituents  of  All  Ordinaries  Small  Cap  index  excluding 
companies in  the materials,  industrials, energy  and  utilities  sectors.  Tranche  1  and  Tranche 2  will  be tested  following  the 
announcement of the company’s result for the year ending 30 June 2020 and 2021 respectively using a 10 day VWAP.  The 
share rights progressively vest over 3 and 4 years.   

Options 
A total of 1,500,000 share options were granted during the period to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. 
1,000,000 options lapsed upon the retirement of the Chief Executive Officer.  

The options were granted for a  4.5 year period and are exercisable from 23 November 2021. The exercise price is $0.33 
representing the volume weighted average share price of shares over the 30 trading days following the announcement of the 
company’s 2017 results.  These options will be capable of vesting 3 years from the grant date subject to the share price being 
at 75c or greater on 10 trading days in any 20 sequential trading days following the grant date. While the share price hurdle 
may be met, these options can only be exercised upon completion of 4 year employment service. 

If an executive resigns or is terminated, any LTI awards (whether or not those awards have vested) are forfeited. 

The Nomination & Remuneration Committee is responsible for determining and reviewing remuneration arrangements for its 

directors and executives.  Consideration is given to normal commercial rates of remuneration for similar levels of responsibility 

(b)  DETAILS OF REMUNERATION 

The names of persons who were key management personnel of Eureka Group Holdings Limited at any time during the financial 
year are shown in the following table.  Key management personnel are defined as those who have a direct impact on the 
strategic direction of the Company. At the date of this report and during the year, the key management personnel of the Group 
are: 

Name 

Role 

Period in role/s 

Murray Boyte 

Non-Executive Chair/Executive Chair 

24/11/2017 – ongoing 

Nirmal Hansra 

Non-Executive Director 

24/04/2012 – ongoing 

Robin Levison 

Chair/Non-Executive Director  

24/12/2013 – 29/03/2018 

Lachlan McIntosh 

Non-Executive Director 

Sue Renkin 

Non-Executive Director 

Paul Cochrane 

Chief Financial Officer 

20/07/2009 – ongoing 

24/11/2017 – ongoing 

28/06/2017 – ongoing  

Jeff Weigh 

Chief Executive Officer 

07/02/2017 – 31/05/2018 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

22 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

23 

23

Directors’ ReportEUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

Key management personnel remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2017: 

Short term 

Salary/ 
fees 
$ 

Bonus 
$ 

Post 
employment 

Super-
annuation 
$ 

Share 
based 
payments  
$ 

Termin-
ation 
benefits 
$ 

Performance 
related 
% 

% of 
bonus that 
was 
achieved 

Total 
$ 

30 June 2018 

Directors 

Murray Boyte 1 

Nirmal Hansra 

Robin Levison2 

Lachlan McIntosh 

Sue Renkin 3 

86,407 

60,000 

70,000 

60,000 

31,823 

Directors Total 

308,230 

Executives 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Paul Cochrane  

278,779 

77,568 

Jeff Weigh4 

342,744 

215,880 

Executives Total 

621,523 

293,448 

Total 

929,753 

293,448 

30 June 2017 

Directors 

Robin Levison 

120,000 

- 

- 

- 

Lachlan McIntosh 

Nirmal Hansra 

Greg Rekers 5 

Kerry Potter 5 

50,000 

50,000 

159,389 

65,000 

   159,389 

65,000 

Directors Total 

538,778 

130,000 

Executives 

Jeff Weigh 4 

Ryan Maddock 6 

Paul Cochrane 7 

134,097 

- 

193,151 

17,908 

- 

- 

Executives Total 

327,248 

17,908 

Total 

866,026 

147,908 

8,209 

- 

- 

- 

3,023 

11,232 

25,924 

35,886 

61,810 

73,042 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

9,335 

19,053 

- 

28,388 

28,388 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

11,997 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

136,667 

94,616 

60,000 

70,000 

60,000 

34,846 

319,462 

394,268 

731,177 

11,997 

136,667 

1,125,445 

11,997 

136,667 

1,444,907 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

120,000 

50,000 

50,000 

224,389 

224,389 

668,778 

143,432 

230,112 

- 

373,544 

1,042,322 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

20% 

30% 

74% 

74%8 

- 

- 

- 

29% 

29% 

- 

8% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

100% 

100% 

- 

100% 

- 

1 Murray Boyte commenced as key management personnel on 24 November 2017; Executive Chair from 29 April 2018. 
2 Robin Levison ceased as key management personnel on 29 March 2018. 
3 Sue Renkin commenced as key management personnel on 24 November 2017. 
4 Jeff Weigh commenced as key management personnel on 7 February 2017, retired on 31 May 2018.  
5 Greg Rekers and Kerry Potter ceased as key management personnel on 8 February 2017.  
6 Ryan Maddock ceased as key management personnel on 30 June 2017. 
7 Paul Cochrane commenced as key management personnel on 28 June 2017. 
8 During the period Jeff Weigh was paid a discretionary bonus of $65,000. The nature of this bonus being discretionary has no total potential 
amount to be achieved and therefore is not included in the average presented above.  

24

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

24 

Directors’ Report2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short term 

employment 

Post 

Super-

Share 

based 

Termin-

ation 

Bonus 

annuation 

payments  

benefits 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Total 

$ 

Performance 

related 

% 

% of 

bonus that 

was 

achieved 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

Salary/ 

fees 

$ 

86,407 

60,000 

70,000 

60,000 

31,823 

30 June 2018 

Directors 

Murray Boyte 1 

Nirmal Hansra 

Robin Levison2 

Lachlan McIntosh 

Sue Renkin 3 

Directors Total 

308,230 

Executives 

Robin Levison 

120,000 

30 June 2017 

Directors 

Lachlan McIntosh 

Nirmal Hansra 

Greg Rekers 5 

Kerry Potter 5 

Executives 

Jeff Weigh 4 

Ryan Maddock 6 

Paul Cochrane 7 

50,000 

50,000 

159,389 

65,000 

   159,389 

65,000 

134,097 

193,151 

17,908 

- 

Directors Total 

538,778 

130,000 

Executives Total 

327,248 

17,908 

Total 

866,026 

147,908 

Paul Cochrane  

278,779 

77,568 

11,997 

Jeff Weigh4 

342,744 

215,880 

- 

136,667 

20% 

30% 

74% 

74%8 

Executives Total 

621,523 

293,448 

11,997 

136,667 

1,125,445 

Total 

929,753 

293,448 

11,997 

136,667 

1,444,907 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

8,209 

- 

- 

- 

3,023 

11,232 

25,924 

35,886 

61,810 

73,042 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

9,335 

19,053 

28,388 

28,388 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

94,616 

60,000 

70,000 

60,000 

34,846 

319,462 

394,268 

731,177 

120,000 

50,000 

50,000 

224,389 

224,389 

668,778 

143,432 

230,112 

- 

373,544 

1,042,322 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

29% 

29% 

8% 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

100% 

100% 

100% 

1 Murray Boyte commenced as key management personnel on 24 November 2017; Executive Chair from 29 April 2018. 

2 Robin Levison ceased as key management personnel on 29 March 2018. 

3 Sue Renkin commenced as key management personnel on 24 November 2017. 

4 Jeff Weigh commenced as key management personnel on 7 February 2017, retired on 31 May 2018.  

5 Greg Rekers and Kerry Potter ceased as key management personnel on 8 February 2017.  

6 Ryan Maddock ceased as key management personnel on 30 June 2017. 

7 Paul Cochrane commenced as key management personnel on 28 June 2017. 

8 During the period Jeff Weigh was paid a discretionary bonus of $65,000. The nature of this bonus being discretionary has no total potential 

amount to be achieved and therefore is not included in the average presented above.  

Key management personnel remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2018 and 30 June 2017: 

(c)  NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR REMUNERATION POLICY 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

Fees and payments to non-executive directors reflect the demands that are made on, and the responsibilities of, the directors. 
The Nomination & Remuneration Committee reviews non-executive directors’ fees and payments annually. Non-executive 
directors do not receive share options or other incentives. 

Non-executive directors’ fees are determined within an aggregate directors’ fee pool limit, which is periodically recommended 
for approval by shareholders. An increase to the total non-executive directors’ fee pool limit was approved at the November 
2017  Annual  General  Meeting.    The  maximum  currently  stands  at  $450,000  in  aggregate  which  provides  the  Board  with 
flexibility to appoint additional directors to broaden the skill base of the Board collectively.    

The following fees have applied during the year: 

Base fees 
Murray Boyte – Non-Executive Chair 1 
Robin Levison – Non-Executive Chair  
Robin Levison – Non-Executive Director 
Nirmal Hansra – Non-Executive Director  
Lachlan McIntosh – Non-Executive Director 
Sue Renkin – Non-Executive Director 

Annual fee 

             $ 

120,000 
120,000 
60,000 
60,000 
60,000 
60,000 

1 In addition to non-executive director fees, $18,000 per month will be paid for the period he is an Executive Chair effective 30 
April 2018. 

(d)  SERVICE AGREEMENTS 

On appointment to the board, all non-executive directors enter into a service agreement with the Company in the form of a 
letter of appointment. The letter summarises the board policies and terms, including remuneration, relevant to the office of 
director. Remuneration and other terms of employment for the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and the other 
key management personnel are also formalised in service agreements.  

The details of these agreements for executive key management personnel are as follows: 

Jeff Weigh (Chief Executive Officer) 
Agreement Commenced 7 February 2017 (retired on 31 May 2018) 

Term of the Agreement: 
The agreement may be terminated by either the Company or Mr Weigh with 6 months’ notice or by the Company in the event 
of a material breach or misconduct by Mr Weigh. 

Details: 
Mr Weigh’s remuneration comprised a base salary of $374,430 plus 9.5% superannuation and certain benefits such as car 
parking, mobile phone expenses and use of laptop. His remuneration also comprises additional short-term incentives equal 
to 50% of his base salary and a long-term incentive. In addition, as agreed with the Board, Mr Weigh would be paid 4 months 
of  fixed  remuneration  following  his  retirement.  $136,667  including  9.5%  superannuation  has  been  included  in  Employee 
Benefits expense in relation to this payment.  Mr Weigh was responsible for the overall management of the Group and reported 
to the Chair of the Board.     

Paul Cochrane (Chief Financial Officer) 
Agreement Commenced 28 June 2017 

Term of the Agreement: 
The agreement may be terminated by either the Company or Mr Cochrane with 3 months’ notice or by the Company in the 
event of a material breach or misconduct by Mr Cochrane. 

Details: 
Mr Cochrane’s remuneration comprises a base salary of $275,000 plus 9.5% superannuation and certain benefits such as 
car  parking,  mobile  phone  expenses  and  use  of  laptop.  His  remuneration  also  comprises  additional  short-term  incentives 
equal to 35% of his base salary and long-term incentive equal to 35% of his base salary. In addition, the Board have approved 
that  in  the  event  of  termination  of  employment  arising  from  the  change  of  control  during  the  3  years  from  the  date  of 
employment, the Company will pay 6 months of fixed remuneration. Mr Cochrane is responsible for the finance division and 
the accounting and finance functions of the Company and its associated companies. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

24 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

25 

25

Directors’ ReportEUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report 

(e)  RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN REMUNERATION AND COMPANY PERFORMANCE 

The following table shows the revenue, net profit before tax, earnings per share, share price and dividend per share for the 
past 5 years of the Company.  

Total Revenue and Income $’000 

Net Profit/(loss) before tax $’000 

EBITDA $’000 

Earnings per share (cents per share) 

Share price at year end 

Dividend per share 

(f)  REMUNERATION CONSULTANTS 

2018 
23,384 

(276) 

2,728 

(0.12) 

0.28 

0.00 

2017 
26,473 

6,538 

9,415 

2.84 

0.37 

0.00 

2016 
24,155 

10,467 

12,468 

5.19 

0.79 

0.00 

2015 
12,213 

3,105 

4,129 

2.24 

0.51 

0.00 

2014 
10,662 

661 

1,512 

0.80 

0.12 

0.00 

The Group utilised the services of remuneration consultants (Egan Associates Pty Ltd) during the 2018 financial year, at a 
total cost of $38,115. The services were in relation to advice and recommendation on the establishment of the Eureka  
Omnibus Equity Plan and reviewing the Executive Chair’s remuneration. 

(g)  EQUITY INSTRUMENTS HELD BY KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

Shares held 

The numbers of securities held during the financial year by each director and other key management personnel of the Group, 
including  their  personally  related  parties, are set  out  below.  There  were  no  shares  granted  during  the  reporting  period as 
compensation. 

Balance 
1 July 2017 

Shares  
acquired 

Ceased 
employment 

Balance 
30 June 2018 

Directors 
Robin Levison 1 

12,905,000 

25,000 

(12,930,000) 

- 

Lachlan McIntosh 

11,916,166 

Nirmal Hansra 
Murray Boyte 
Sue Renkin 

Executives 
Jeff Weigh 2  

Paul Cochrane 

839,834 

- 

- 

400,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(400,000) 

- 

11,916,166 

839,834 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Total 

26,061,000 

25,000 

(13,330,000) 

12,756,000 

1 Ceased to be key management personnel on 29 March 2018 
2  Retired on 31 May 2018 

Options held 
Details  of  options  over  ordinary  shares  in  the  Company  that  were  granted  as  compensation  to  each  key  management 
personnel during the reporting period, are set out below. The vesting conditions are set out in  Note 26. No options vested 
during the financial year. 

Number of 
options 
granted 
during 2018 

Grant date 

FV at 
grant 
date per 
option 

Exercise 
price per 
option 

Expiry date 

% 
forfeite
d in the 
year 

Financial 
year in 
which 
option 
vests 

Financial 
years in 
which 
option 
exercisable 

KMP 
Jeff Weigh 1  

1,000,000 

23-Nov-17 

$0.0144 

$0.33 

23-May-22 

Paul Cochrane 

500,000 

23-Nov-17 

$0.0144 

$0.33 

23-May-22 

Total 
1 Retired on 31 May 2018 and as a result the options lapsed. 

1,500,000 

100% 

- 

- 

- 

2022 

2021-2022 

26

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

26 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 
Directors’ Report

(e)  RELATIONSHIP BETWEEN REMUNERATION AND COMPANY PERFORMANCE 

The following table shows the revenue, net profit before tax, earnings per share, share price and dividend per share for the 

past 5 years of the Company.  

Total Revenue and Income $’000 

Net Profit/(loss) before tax $’000 

EBITDA $’000 

Earnings per share (cents per share) 

Share price at year end 

Dividend per share 

(f)  REMUNERATION CONSULTANTS 

2018 

23,384 

(276) 

2,728 

(0.12) 

0.28 

0.00 

2017 

26,473 

6,538 

9,415 

2.84 

0.37 

0.00 

2016 

24,155 

10,467 

12,468 

5.19 

0.79 

0.00 

2015 

12,213 

3,105 

4,129 

2.24 

0.51 

0.00 

2014 

10,662 

661 

1,512 

0.80 

0.12 

0.00 

The Group utilised the services of remuneration consultants (Egan Associates Pty Ltd) during the 2018 financial year, at a 

total cost of $38,115. The services were in relation to advice and recommendation on the establishment of the Eureka  

Omnibus Equity Plan and reviewing the Executive Chair’s remuneration. 

(g)  EQUITY INSTRUMENTS HELD BY KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

The numbers of securities held during the financial year by each director and other key management personnel of the Group, 

including  their  personally  related  parties, are set  out  below.  There  were  no  shares  granted  during  the  reporting  period as 

Shares held 

compensation. 

Directors 

Robin Levison 1 

Nirmal Hansra 

Murray Boyte 

Sue Renkin 

Executives 

Jeff Weigh 2  

Paul Cochrane 

Balance 

1 July 2017 

Shares  

acquired 

Ceased 

Balance 

employment 

30 June 2018 

12,905,000 

25,000 

(12,930,000) 

Lachlan McIntosh 

11,916,166 

839,834 

11,916,166 

839,834 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

400,000 

(400,000) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

Total 

26,061,000 

25,000 

(13,330,000) 

12,756,000 

1 Ceased to be key management personnel on 29 March 2018 

2  Retired on 31 May 2018 

Details  of  options  over  ordinary  shares  in  the  Company  that  were  granted  as  compensation  to  each  key  management 

personnel during the reporting period, are set out below. The vesting conditions are set out in  Note 26. No options vested 

Options held 

during the financial year. 

Number of 

Grant date 

options 

granted 

during 2018 

FV at 

grant 

date per 

option 

Exercise 

price per 

option 

Expiry date 

% 

Financial 

forfeite

d in the 

year 

year in 

which 

option 

vests 

Financial 

years in 

which 

option 

exercisable 

KMP 

Jeff Weigh 1  

1,000,000 

23-Nov-17 

$0.0144 

$0.33 

23-May-22 

100% 

- 

- 

Paul Cochrane 

500,000 

23-Nov-17 

$0.0144 

$0.33 

23-May-22 

- 

2022 

2021-2022 

Total 

1,500,000 

1 Retired on 31 May 2018 and as a result the options lapsed. 

Share rights held 
Details of share rights over ordinary shares in the Company that were granted as compensation to each key management 
personnel during the reporting period, are set out below.  

Grant date 

Number of 
share rights 
granted 
during 2018 

FV at grant 
date per 
share right 
(Tranche 1) 

FV at grant 
date per 
share right 
(Tranche 2) 

Exercise 
price per 
share right 

Expiry date 

Number of 
share rights 
vested 
during 2018 

KMP 
Jeff Weigh 1  

559,090 

23-Nov-17 

Paul Cochrane 

319,375 

23-Nov-17 

Total 

878,465 

$0.207 

$0.207 

$0.138 

$0.138 

- 

- 

31-Dec-23 

31-Dec-23 

- 

- 

- 

1 Retired on 31 May 2018 and as a result the share rights lapsed. 

Value of options 

The movement during the reporting period, by value, of options over ordinary shares in the Company held by each key 
management personnel is detailed below. 

Options granted 

KMP 
Jeff Weigh 1  

Paul Cochrane 

1 Retired on 31 May 2018 

Value of share rights 

Value of options 
granted in the year 

Value of options 
exercised in year 

Value of options lapsed 
in the year 

$14,419 

$7,210 

$21,629 

- 

- 

- 

($14,419) 

- 

($14,419) 

The movement during the reporting period, by value, of share rights in the Company held by each key management 
personnel is detailed below. 

Share rights granted 

KMP 
Jeff Weigh 1  

Paul Cochrane 

1 Retired on 31 May 2018 

Share rights 

Value of share rights 
granted in the year 

Value of share rights 
exercised in year 

Value of share rights 
lapsed in the year 

$96,523 

$55,138 

$151,661 

- 

- 

- 

($96,523) 

- 

($96,523) 

The number of share rights granted to key management personnel during the financial year was 878,465 share rights. 

KMP 

Jeff Weigh  

Paul Cochrane 

Number of share rights 
granted 

559,090 

319,375 

878,465 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

26 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

27 

27

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report 

Reconciliation of options and share rights held by key management personnel 

The table below shows a reconciliation of options held by each KMP during the financial year.  

Balance at start of 
year 

Balance at end of year 

Vested 

Unvested 

Granted as 
compensation 

Vested 

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Vested and 
exercisable 

Unvested 

KMP 
Jeff Weigh 1  

Paul Cochrane 

Total 

1 Retired on 31 May 2018 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,000,000 

500,000 

1,500,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(1,000,000) 

- 

(1,000,000) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

500,000 

500,000 

The table below shows how many share rights were granted, vested and forfeited during the year. 

Balance at 
start of year 

Granted during 
year 

Vested 

Forfeited 

Balance at end of  
year (unvested) 

- 

- 

- 

559,090 

319,375 

878,465 

- 

- 

- 

(559,090) 

- 

(559,090) 

- 

319,375 

319,375 

KMP 
Jeff Weigh 1  
Paul 
Cochrane 
Total 

1 Retired on 31 May 2018 

(h)  LOANS TO/FROM KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

There were no loans to any director or key management personnel at any time during the year and prior year. 

(i)  OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL  

Griffith Scenic Village Pty Ltd 
Griffith Scenic Village Pty Ltd, an entity associated with Lachlan McIntosh, paid the Group management fees of $6,263 on 
commercial terms (2017: $8,203). As at 30 June 2018 the amount outstanding from Griffith Scenic Village Pty Ltd was $nil 
(2017: $nil). 

Griffith Scenic Village Pty Ltd, an entity associated with Lachlan McIntosh, was paid $22,178 for Manager’s unit rental fees 
on commercial terms (2017: $22,178). As at 30 June 2018 the amount outstanding to Griffith Scenic Village Pty Ltd was $nil 
(2017: $nil). 

Leisure Living Gladstone Pty Ltd  
Leisure Living Gladstone Pty Ltd, an entity associated with Lachlan McIntosh, paid the Group management fees of $14,846 
on commercial terms (2017: $10,320). As at 30 June 2018 the amount outstanding from Leisure Living Gladstone Pty Ltd was 
$nil (2017: $nil). 
Leisure Living Gladstone Pty Ltd, an entity associated with Lachlan McIntosh, was paid $29,229 for Manager’s unit rental fees 
on commercial terms (2017: $29,229). As at 30 June 2018 the amount outstanding to Leisure Living Gladstone Pty Ltd was 
$nil (2017: $nil). 

22 Resolution Pty Ltd 
During the year, 22 Resolution Pty Ltd, an entity associated with Lachlan McIntosh, was paid $nil in consulting fees (2017: 
$206,250). At 30 June 2018, the amount outstanding to 22 Resolution Pty Ltd was $nil (2017: $nil). 

This concludes the remuneration report, which has been audited. 

28

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

28 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Directors’ Report
Directors’ Report 

Reconciliation of options and share rights held by key management personnel 

SHARES UNDER OPTION & PERFORMANCE RIGHTS 

The table below shows a reconciliation of options held by each KMP during the financial year.  

Balance at start of 

year 

Vested 

Unvested 

compensation 

Vested 

Exercised 

Forfeited 

Granted as 

Balance at end of year 

Vested and 

exercisable 

Unvested 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

1,000,000 

500,000 

1,500,000 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(1,000,000) 

- 

(1,000,000) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

500,000 

500,000 

The table below shows how many share rights were granted, vested and forfeited during the year. 

Balance at 

start of year 

Granted during 

year 

Vested 

Forfeited 

Balance at end of  

year (unvested) 

- 

- 

- 

559,090 

319,375 

878,465 

- 

- 

- 

(559,090) 

- 

(559,090) 

- 

319,375 

319,375 

(h)  LOANS TO/FROM KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL 

(i)  OTHER TRANSACTIONS WITH KEY MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL  

Griffith Scenic Village Pty Ltd 

Griffith Scenic Village Pty Ltd, an entity associated with Lachlan McIntosh, paid the Group management fees of $6,263 on 

commercial terms (2017: $8,203). As at 30 June 2018 the amount outstanding from Griffith Scenic Village Pty Ltd was $nil 

Griffith Scenic Village Pty Ltd, an entity associated with Lachlan McIntosh, was paid $22,178 for Manager’s unit rental fees 

on commercial terms (2017: $22,178). As at 30 June 2018 the amount outstanding to Griffith Scenic Village Pty Ltd was $nil 

KMP 

Jeff Weigh 1  

Paul Cochrane 

Total 

1 Retired on 31 May 2018 

KMP 

Jeff Weigh 1  

Paul 

Cochrane 

Total 

1 Retired on 31 May 2018 

(2017: $nil). 

(2017: $nil). 

$nil (2017: $nil). 

$nil (2017: $nil). 

22 Resolution Pty Ltd 

During the year, 22 Resolution Pty Ltd, an entity associated with Lachlan McIntosh, was paid $nil in consulting fees (2017: 

$206,250). At 30 June 2018, the amount outstanding to 22 Resolution Pty Ltd was $nil (2017: $nil). 

This concludes the remuneration report, which has been audited. 

There  were  500,000  unissued  ordinary  shares  of  Eureka  Group  Holdings  Limited  under option  and  319,375  performance 
rights on issue as at the date of this report.   

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF OFFICERS  

During or since the end of the financial year, the Company has indemnified the directors and executives of the Company for 
costs incurred, in their capacity as a director or executive, for which they may be held personally liable, except where there is 
a lack of good faith. 

During  the  financial  year  the Group  paid  a premium  in  respect of  a contract  to  insure  the  directors  and  executives  of the 
Company against a liability to the extent permitted by the Corporations Act 2001. The contract of insurance prohibits disclosure 
of the nature of the liability and the amount of the premium. 

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE OF AUDITORS 

To the extent permitted by law, the Company has agreed to indemnify its auditors, Ernst & Young Australia, as part of the 
terms of its audit engagement agreement against claims by third parties arising from the audit (for an unspecified amount). 
No payment has been made to indemnify Ernst & Young during or since the financial year.  

PROCEEDINGS ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY 

No person has applied to the Court under section 237 of the Corporations Act 2001 for leave to bring proceedings on behalf 
of the Company or intervene in any proceedings to which the Company is a party for the purposes of taking responsibility on 
behalf of the Company for all or any part of those proceedings. The Company was not a party to any such proceedings during 
the year. 

NON-AUDIT SERVICES 

There were no non-audit services provided by the auditors in the current or prior period. 

OFFICERS OF THE COMPANY WHO ARE FORMER PARTNERS OF ERNST & YOUNG 

There are no officers of the Company who are former partners of Ernst & Young. 

There were no loans to any director or key management personnel at any time during the year and prior year. 

ROUNDING OF AMOUNTS 

Leisure Living Gladstone Pty Ltd  

Leisure Living Gladstone Pty Ltd, an entity associated with Lachlan McIntosh, paid the Group management fees of $14,846 

on commercial terms (2017: $10,320). As at 30 June 2018 the amount outstanding from Leisure Living Gladstone Pty Ltd was 

Leisure Living Gladstone Pty Ltd, an entity associated with Lachlan McIntosh, was paid $29,229 for Manager’s unit rental fees 

on commercial terms (2017: $29,229). As at 30 June 2018 the amount outstanding to Leisure Living Gladstone Pty Ltd was 

Ernst & Young continues in office in accordance with section 327 of the Corporations Act 2001. 

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the Directors, pursuant to section 298(2)(a) of the Corporations Act 
2001. 

On behalf of the directors 

The amounts contained in the financial report have been rounded to the nearest $1,000 (where rounding is applicable) where 
noted ($’000) under the option available to the Company under ASIC Corporations (Rounding in Financial/Directors’ Reports) 
Instrument 2016/191. The Company is an entity to which this legislative instrument applies. 

AUDITOR’S INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION 

A copy of the auditors’ independence declaration as required under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on 
page 81. 

AUDITOR 

Murray Boyte 
Executive Chair 

Dated in Brisbane this 31st day of August 2018. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

28 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

29 

29

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 
Consolidated Statement of Profit or  
Comprehensive Income 
Loss and Other Comprehensive Income

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

Note 

3 
13 
3 

7 
9 

4 

4 
4 

5 

Revenue 
Share of profit of a joint venture 
Other income 

Expenses 
Village operating costs 
Impairment – trade receivables 
Loss on revaluation of investment property and other assets 
Couran Cove inventory write down and transaction costs 
Write down of other assets associated with Couran Cove 
Employee benefits expenses 
Finance expense   
Marketing expenses 
Consultancy expenses 
Depreciation & amortisation expenses 
Lease expenses 
Other expenses 

Profit/(loss) before income tax expense  
Income tax expense 

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) 
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax 
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year 

Basic and diluted earnings per share (cents per share) 

25 

     Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

22,574 
172 
638 

(11,910) 
- 
(1,692) 
(1,124) 
(1,763) 
(1,884) 
(2,753) 
(136) 
- 
(251) 
(280) 
(1,867) 
(276) 
- 
(276) 

- 
- 
- 
(276) 

(0.12) 

24,053 
- 
2,420 

(12,796) 
(126) 
- 
- 
- 
(1,339) 
(2,606) 
(205) 
(653) 
(271) 
(201) 
(1,738) 
6,538 
- 
6,538 

- 
- 
- 
6,538 

2.84 

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

30

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

30 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

AS AT 30 JUNE 2018

                AS AT 30 JUNE 2018 

     Consolidated 

                AS AT 30 JUNE 2018 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss and Other 

Comprehensive Income 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

     Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

Note 

$’000 

$’000 

Revenue 

Other income 

Share of profit of a joint venture 

Expenses 

Village operating costs 

Impairment – trade receivables 

Loss on revaluation of investment property and other assets 

Couran Cove inventory write down and transaction costs 

Write down of other assets associated with Couran Cove 

Employee benefits expenses 

Finance expense   

Marketing expenses 

Consultancy expenses 

Depreciation & amortisation expenses 

Lease expenses 

Other expenses 

Profit/(loss) before income tax expense  

Income tax expense 

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense 

3 

13 

3 

7 

9 

4 

4 

4 

5 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) 

Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss 

Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 

Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year 

Basic and diluted earnings per share (cents per share) 

25 

22,574 

172 

638 

(11,910) 

- 

(1,692) 

(1,124) 

(1,763) 

(1,884) 

(2,753) 

(136) 

- 

(251) 

(280) 

(1,867) 

(276) 

(276) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

(276) 

(0.12) 

24,053 

- 

2,420 

(12,796) 

(126) 

(1,339) 

(2,606) 

(205) 

(653) 

(271) 

(201) 

(1,738) 

6,538 

6,538 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

6,538 

2.84 

Current Assets 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Current Assets 
Trade and other receivables 
Cash and cash equivalents 
Inventories 
Trade and other receivables 
Other assets 
Inventories 
Loans receivable 
Other assets 
Loans receivable 
Assets held for sale 
Total current assets 
Assets held for sale 
Total current assets 
Non-Current Assets 
Loans receivable 
Non-Current Assets 
Joint Venture Investment 
Loans receivable 
Other assets 
Joint Venture Investment 
Investment property 
Other assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Investment property 
Intangible assets 
Property, plant and equipment 
Total non-current assets 
Intangible assets 
Total non-current assets 
Total Assets 

Total Assets 
Current Liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Current Liabilities 
Other financial liabilities 
Trade and other payables 
Provisions 
Other financial liabilities 
Total current liabilities 
Provisions 
Total current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Other financial liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 
Provisions 
Other financial liabilities 
Total non-current liabilities 
Provisions 
Total non-current liabilities 
Total Liabilities 

Total Liabilities 
Net Assets 

Net Assets 
Equity 
Share capital 
Equity 
Equity reserve 
Share capital 
Accumulated losses 
Equity reserve 
Total Equity 
Accumulated losses 

Total Equity 

Note 

Note 
21 
6 
21 
7 
6 
9 
7 
11 
9 
11 
8 

8 

11 
13 
11 
9 
13 
14 
9 
15 
14 
16 
15 
16 

17 
19 
17 
18 
19 
18 

19 
18 
19 
18 

20 
20 
20 
20 

The consolidated statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

The consolidated statement of financial position is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

30 

The consolidated statement of financial position is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes 

     Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 
30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 
30 June 2017 
$’000 

1,986 
2,402 
1,986 
11,783 
2,402 
1,469 
11,783 
72 
1,469 
17,712 
72 
1,750 
17,712 
19,462 
1,750 
19,462 

456 
4,672 
456 
1,237 
4,672 
100,756 
1,237 
682 
100,756 
6,035 
682 
113,838 
6,035 
113,838 
133,300 

4,395 
2,632 
4,395 
7,649 
2,632 
1,623 
7,649 
76 
1,623 
16,375 
76 
- 
16,375 
16,375 
- 
16,375 

501 
- 
501 
3,000 
- 
100,666 
3,000 
1,665 
100,666 
6,327 
1,665 
112,159 
6,327 
112,159 
128,534 

133,300 

128,534 

2,709 
163 
2,709 
263 
163 
3,135 
263 
3,135 

55,320 
145 
55,320 
55,465 
145 
55,465 
58,600 

58,600 
74,700 

74,700 

94,352 
12 
94,352 
(19,664) 
12 
74,700 
(19,664) 
74,700 

2,660 
1,554 
2,660 
289 
1,554 
4,503 
289 
4,503 

49,019 
145 
49,019 
49,164 
145 
49,164 
53,667 

53,667 
74,867 

74,867 

94,255 
- 
94,255 
(19,388) 
- 
74,867 
(19,388) 
74,867 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

31

31 

31 

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

              AS AT 30 JUNE 2018 

AS AT 30 JUNE 2018

     Consolidated 

Note 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 
Receipts from customers  
Payments to suppliers & employees (1) 
Interest received 
Interest paid 

Net Cash provided by/(used) in Operating Activities  

21(b) 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 
Payments for additions to investment properties  
Payments for property, plant & equipment  
Payments for Joint Venture investment 
Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale 
Proceeds from sale of investment property 
Proceeds from the sale of intangible assets 
Payments made to sell intangible assets 
Payments for loans provided 
Repayments of loans provided 
Payment of residential obligation loans 
Payments for intangible assets 
Net Cash provided by/(used) in Investing Activities 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities 
Proceeds from borrowings 
Repayment of borrowings 
Payments of transaction costs related to borrowings 
Proceeds from share issues  
Payments for share buy back 
Payments for share issue and buy back transaction costs 
Net Cash provided by/(used in) Financing Activities 

20 
20 

24,849 
(19,144) 
8 
(2,777) 

2,936 

(8,704) 
(30) 
(4,500) 
2,200 
1,335 
312 
- 
- 
85 
(832) 
- 
(10,134) 

9,425 
(4,559) 
(75) 
- 
- 
(2) 
4,789 

24,277 
(17,987) 
49 
(2,266) 

4,073 

(15,719) 
(302) 
- 
- 
- 
171 
(10) 
(561) 
67 
(246) 
(849) 
(17,449) 

9,848 
(1,667) 
(440) 
3,948 
(523) 
(236) 
10,930 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

(2,409) 

(2,446) 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year 

21(a) 

4,395 
1,986 

6,841 
4,395 

(1) Included in cash payments during the year ended 30 June 2018 was an amount of $1.67 million for capitalised 
development costs on inventory held at Terranora and Couran Cove to prepare the inventory for sale.  

The consolidated statement of cash flows is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

32

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

32 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

              AS AT 30 JUNE 2018 

     Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

Note 

$’000 

$’000 

Net Cash provided by/(used) in Operating Activities  

21(b) 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 

Receipts from customers  

Payments to suppliers & employees (1) 

Interest received 

Interest paid 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 

Payments for additions to investment properties  

Payments for property, plant & equipment  

Payments for Joint Venture investment 

Proceeds from sale of assets held for sale 

Proceeds from sale of investment property 

Proceeds from the sale of intangible assets 

Payments made to sell intangible assets 

Payments for loans provided 

Repayments of loans provided 

Payment of residential obligation loans 

Payments for intangible assets 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities 

Proceeds from borrowings 

Repayment of borrowings 

Payments of transaction costs related to borrowings 

Proceeds from share issues  

Payments for share buy back 

Payments for share issue and buy back transaction costs 

Net Cash provided by/(used in) Financing Activities 

20 

20 

24,849 

(19,144) 

8 

(2,777) 

2,936 

(8,704) 

(30) 

(4,500) 

2,200 

1,335 

312 

85 

(832) 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

9,425 

(4,559) 

(75) 

(2) 

4,789 

24,277 

(17,987) 

49 

(2,266) 

4,073 

(15,719) 

(302) 

- 

- 

- 

171 

(10) 

(561) 

67 

(246) 

(849) 

9,848 

(1,667) 

(440) 

3,948 

(523) 

(236) 

10,930 

Net Cash provided by/(used) in Investing Activities 

(10,134) 

(17,449) 

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 

(2,409) 

(2,446) 

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the financial year 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the financial year 

21(a) 

4,395 

1,986 

6,841 

4,395 

(1) Included in cash payments during the year ended 30 June 2018 was an amount of $1.67 million for capitalised 

development costs on inventory held at Terranora and Couran Cove to prepare the inventory for sale.  

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

For the year ended 30 June 2018 

Share Capital 
$’000 
Share Capital 
$’000 

Consolidated 

Accumulated 
Losses 
Consolidated 
$’000 
Accumulated 
Losses 
$’000 

Equity 
Reserves 
$’000 
Equity 
Reserves 
$’000 

Total 
$’000 
Total 
$’000 

For the year ended 30 June 2018 
Balance at 1 July 2017 

94,255 

(19,388) 

Balance at 1 July 2017 
Profit/(loss) for the year 
Other comprehensive income/(loss) 
Profit/(loss) for the year 
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year 
Other comprehensive income/(loss) 

Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year 
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: 
Shares issued during the year 
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: 
Share based payments 
Shares issued during the year 
Capital raising costs 
Share based payments 
Balance at 30 June 2018 
Capital raising costs 

Balance at 30 June 2018 

For the year ended 30 June 2017 

For the year ended 30 June 2017 
Balance at 1 July 2016 

Balance at 1 July 2016 
Profit for the year 
Other comprehensive income 
Profit for the year 
Total comprehensive income for the year 
Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income for the year 
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: 
Shares issued during the year 
Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners: 
Share buy back 
Shares issued during the year 
Capital raising costs 
Share buy back 
Balance at 30 June 2017 
Capital raising costs 

Balance at 30 June 2017 

94,255 
- 
 - 
- 
- 
 - 

- 

100 
- 
100 
(3) 
- 
94,352 
(3) 
94,352 

(19,388) 
(276) 
-  
(276) 
(276) 
-  

(276) 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(19,664) 
- 
(19,664) 

90,860 

(25,926) 

90,860 
- 
 - 
- 
- 
 - 

- 

3,948 
(523) 
3,948 
(30) 
(523) 
94,255 
(30) 
94,255 

(25,926) 
6,538 
-  
6,538 
6,538 
-  

6,538 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
(19,388) 
- 
(19,388) 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
12 
- 
- 
12 
12 
- 
12 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

74,867 

74,867 
(276) 
- 
(276) 
(276) 
- 

(276) 

100 
12 
100 
(3) 
12 
74,700 
(3) 
74,700 

64,934 

64,934 
6,538 
- 
6,538 
6,538 
- 

6,538 

3,948 
(523) 
3,948 
(30) 
(523) 
74,867 
(30) 
74,867 

The consolidated statement of cash flows is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

 The consolidated statement of changes in equity is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

 The consolidated statement of changes in equity is to be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

32 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

33 

33 

33

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

1. INTRODUCTION  

Eureka Group Holdings Limited (covering the financial statements of Eureka Group Holdings Limited and all of its subsidiaries) 
(“EGH” or the “Group” or the “Consolidated Entity”) for the year ended 30 June 2018 is a company incorporated and domiciled 
in Australia.  EGH is a for-profit entity for the purposes of preparing the financial statements. 

The  Group’s  operations  and  principal  activities  comprise  ownership  and  property  management  of  Independent  Living 
Communities. 

The financial report is presented in Australian dollars. The company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding 
in  Financial/Directors’  Reports)  Instrument  2016/191’,  issued  by  the  Australian  Securities  and  Investments  Commission, 
relating  to  'rounding-off'.  Amounts  in  this  report  have  been  rounded  off  in  accordance  with  that  legislation  to  the  nearest 
thousand dollars, or in certain cases, the nearest dollar. 

The registered office of the company is Suite 2D 7 Short St, Southport QLD 4215 

The financial report was authorised for issue on 31 August 2018 by the Directors.   

2. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

BASIS OF PREPARATION 

The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group, comprising the parent entity Eureka Group Holdings Limited and its 
subsidiaries,  are  stated  in  order  to  assist  in  the  general  understanding  of  the  financial  report.  These  policies  have  been 
consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. 

The consolidated financial report is a general purpose financial report which has been prepared in accordance with Australian 
Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001. 

Compliance with IFRS 
The  consolidated  financial  report  of  EGH  complies  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRSs)  and 
interpretations adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).  

New, revised and amended Accounting Standards adopted by the Group 
The Group has adopted all of the new, revised or amending Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the Australian 
Accounting  Standards  Board  that  are  mandatory  for  the  current  period.  The  adoption  of  these  Accounting  Standards  and 
Interpretations did not have any significant impact on the financial performance or position of the Group.  

Early adoption of standards 
The Group has not elected to apply any pronouncements before their operative date in the annual reporting period beginning 
1 July 2017. 

Historical cost convention 
The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for, where applicable, the revaluation 
of available-for-sale financial assets, financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, investment properties 
and derivative financial instruments. 

CONSOLIDATION  

This financial report covers the consolidated entity consisting of  Eureka Group Holdings Limited and its controlled entities. 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited is the ultimate parent entity. 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all entities controlled by Eureka Group Holdings 
Limited as at 30 June 2018 and the results of all controlled entities for the year then ended. The effects of all transactions 
between entities in the Group are eliminated in full.  

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company is exposed to, or has rights to variable 
returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities 
of the entity.  In assessing control, potential voting rights that presently are exercisable or convertible are taken into account.  
The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the financial report from the date that control commences until the 
date that control ceases. 

Where the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the assets including goodwill, liabilities and non-controlling 
interest in the subsidiary together with any cumulative translation differences recognised in equity. The Group recognises the 
fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any investment retained together with any gain or loss in profit or 
loss.  

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

34 

34

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

1. INTRODUCTION  

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited (covering the financial statements of Eureka Group Holdings Limited and all of its subsidiaries) 

(“EGH” or the “Group” or the “Consolidated Entity”) for the year ended 30 June 2018 is a company incorporated and domiciled 

in Australia.  EGH is a for-profit entity for the purposes of preparing the financial statements. 

The  Group’s  operations  and  principal  activities  comprise  ownership  and  property  management  of  Independent  Living 

Communities. 

The financial report is presented in Australian dollars. The company is of a kind referred to in ASIC Corporations (Rounding 

in  Financial/Directors’  Reports)  Instrument  2016/191’,  issued  by  the  Australian  Securities  and  Investments  Commission, 

relating  to  'rounding-off'.  Amounts  in  this  report  have  been  rounded  off  in  accordance  with  that  legislation  to  the  nearest 

thousand dollars, or in certain cases, the nearest dollar. 

The registered office of the company is Suite 2D 7 Short St, Southport QLD 4215 

The financial report was authorised for issue on 31 August 2018 by the Directors.   

2. SUMMARY OF ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

BASIS OF PREPARATION 

The principal accounting policies adopted by the Group, comprising the parent entity Eureka Group Holdings Limited and its 

subsidiaries,  are  stated  in  order  to  assist  in  the  general  understanding  of  the  financial  report.  These  policies  have  been 

consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated. 

The consolidated financial report is a general purpose financial report which has been prepared in accordance with Australian 

Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001. 

Compliance with IFRS 

The  consolidated  financial  report  of  EGH  complies  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  (IFRSs)  and 

interpretations adopted by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB).  

New, revised and amended Accounting Standards adopted by the Group 

The Group has adopted all of the new, revised or amending Accounting Standards and Interpretations issued by the Australian 

Accounting  Standards  Board  that  are  mandatory  for  the  current  period.  The  adoption  of  these  Accounting  Standards  and 

Interpretations did not have any significant impact on the financial performance or position of the Group.  

The Group has not elected to apply any pronouncements before their operative date in the annual reporting period beginning 

The financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention, except for, where applicable, the revaluation 

of available-for-sale financial assets, financial assets and liabilities at fair value through profit or loss, investment properties 

Early adoption of standards 

1 July 2017. 

Historical cost convention 

and derivative financial instruments. 

CONSOLIDATION  

This financial report covers the consolidated entity consisting of  Eureka Group Holdings Limited and its controlled entities. 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited is the ultimate parent entity. 

The consolidated financial statements incorporate the assets and liabilities of all entities controlled by Eureka Group Holdings 

Limited as at 30 June 2018 and the results of all controlled entities for the year then ended. The effects of all transactions 

between entities in the Group are eliminated in full.  

Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company. Control exists when the Company is exposed to, or has rights to variable 

returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power to direct the activities 

of the entity.  In assessing control, potential voting rights that presently are exercisable or convertible are taken into account.  

The financial statements of subsidiaries are included in the financial report from the date that control commences until the 

date that control ceases. 

Where the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the assets including goodwill, liabilities and non-controlling 

interest in the subsidiary together with any cumulative translation differences recognised in equity. The Group recognises the 

fair value of the consideration received and the fair value of any investment retained together with any gain or loss in profit or 

loss.  

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

34 

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for business combinations regardless of whether equity instruments 
or other assets are acquired. 

The consideration transferred is the sum of the acquisition-date fair values of the assets transferred, equity instruments issued 
or liabilities incurred by the acquirer to former owners of the acquiree and the  amount of any non-controlling interest in the 
acquiree. For each business combination, the non-controlling interest in the acquiree is measured at either fair value or at the 
proportionate share of the acquiree's identifiable net assets. All acquisition costs are expensed as incurred to profit or loss. 

On the acquisition of a business, the Group assesses the financial assets acquired and liabilities assumed for appropriate 
classification  and  designation  in  accordance  with  the  contractual  terms,  economic  conditions,  the  Group's  operating  or 
accounting policies and other pertinent conditions in existence at the acquisition-date. 

Where the business combination is achieved in stages, the Group remeasures its previously held equity interest in the acquiree 
at the acquisition-date fair value and the difference between the fair value and the previous carrying amount is recognised in 
profit or loss. 

Contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer is recognised at the acquisition-date fair value. Subsequent changes 
in  the  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration  classified  as  an  asset  or  liability  is  recognised  in  profit  or  loss.  Contingent 
consideration classified as equity is not remeasured and its subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. 

The difference between the acquisition-date fair value of assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any non-controlling interest 
in  the acquiree  and  the  fair  value  of  the consideration  transferred  and the  fair  value  of any  pre-existing investment  in  the 
acquiree is recognised as goodwill. If the consideration transferred and the pre-existing fair value is less than the fair value of 
the identifiable net assets acquired, being a bargain purchase to the acquirer, the difference is recognised as a gain directly 
in profit or loss by the acquirer on the acquisition-date, but only after a reassessment of the identification and measurement 
of the net assets acquired, the non-controlling interest in the acquiree, if any, the consideration transferred and the acquirer's 
previously held equity interest in the acquiree. 

Business combinations are initially accounted for on a provisional basis. The acquirer retrospectively adjusts the provisional 
amounts  recognised  and  also  recognises  additional  assets  or  liabilities  during  the  measurement  period,  based  on  new 
information obtained about the facts and circumstances that existed at the acquisition-date. The measurement period ends 
on  either  the  earlier  of  (i)  12 months from  the  date  of  the acquisition  or  (ii)  when  the  acquirer  receives  all  the  information 
possible to determine fair value. 

REVENUE RECOGNITION 

Rent Revenue 
Rent  revenue  from  investment  properties  is  recognised  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  lease  term.  Rent  not  received  at 
balance date is reflected in the balance sheet as a receivable, or if paid in advance, as deferred revenue. Lease incentives 
granted  are  recognised  over  the  lease  term,  on  a  straight-line  basis,  as  a  reduction  of  rent.  Rental  subsidy  receipts  from 
government  bodies  are  recorded  on  an  accruals  basis  as  an  entitlement  to  this  income  accrues  on  the  provision  of 
accommodation. 

Management, Property Maintenance, Catering and Service Fees 
The Group is entitled to receive a fee from unit owners for managing the units under management services agreements.  The 
Group also receives a fee from the tenants of the units for the provision of property maintenance, catering and other services. 
The Group also provides property consulting services to third parties for agreed fees. Revenue is recognised when the services 
are provided.  

Interest Revenue 
Interest revenue is recognised on a proportional basis taking into account the interest rates applicable to the financial assets. 

Other revenue 
Other revenue is recognised when it is received or when the right to receive payment is established. Certain transactions 
undertaken involve the exchange of assets. Where an exchange of assets is undertaken which has commercial substance 
and  appropriate  measurement  can  be  made,  acquired  assets  are  measured  at  fair  value  and  assets  exchanged  are 
derecognised at their carrying value. Any differences are recorded in the profit and loss. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

35 

35

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

INCOME TAX 

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax.  Income tax expense is recognised in profit and loss except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity. 

Deferred tax is recognised using the balance sheet method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts 
of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  taxation  purposes.    Deferred  tax  is  not 
recognised for the differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that it will not reverse in 
the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to the temporary differences 
when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.  Deferred tax 
assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the 
deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority.  A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable 
that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilised.  Deferred tax assets are 
reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will  be 
realised. 

TAX CONSOLIDATION 

The Company and its wholly-owned Australian resident entities have formed a tax-consolidation group with effect from 1 July 
2003 and are therefore taxed as a single entity from that date.  The head entity within the tax-consolidation group is Eureka 
Group Holdings Limited.  

Current tax expense/income, deferred tax liabilities and deferred assets arising from temporary differences of the members of 
the tax-consolidation group are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of the tax-consolidation group 
using  the  ‘separate  taxpayer  within  group’  approach  by  reference  to  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  the 
separate financial statements of each entity and the tax values applying under tax consolidation. 

Any current tax liabilities (assets) and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses of the subsidiaries is assumed by 
the head entity in the tax-consolidation group and are recognised by the Company as amounts payable/(receivable) to/(from) 
other  entities  in  the  tax-consolidation  group  in  conjunction  with  any  tax  funding  arrangement  amounts  (refer  below).    Any 
difference between these amounts is recognised by the Company as an equity contribution or distribution.  

The Company recognises deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses of the tax-consolidation group to the extent that 
it is probable that future taxable profits of the tax-consolidation group will be available against which the asset can be utilised.  

Any subsequent period adjustments to deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses as a result of revised assessments 
of the probability of recoverability is recognised by the head entity only.   

Nature of Tax Funding Arrangements and Tax Sharing Arrangements 
The head entity in conjunction with other members of the tax-consolidation group has entered into a tax funding arrangement 
which sets out the funding obligations of members of the tax-consolidation group in respect of tax amounts.  The tax funding 
arrangements require payments to/from the head entity to the current tax liability/ (asset) assumed by the head entity and any 
tax-loss  deferred  tax  asset  assumed by  the  head  entity,  resulting in the  head entity  recognising  an  inter-entity  receivable/ 
(payable) equal in amount to the tax liability/ (asset) assumed.  The inter-entity receivables/ (payables) are at call. 

Contributions to fund the current tax liabilities are payable as per the tax funding arrangement and reflect the timing of the 
head entity’s obligation to make payments for tax liabilities to the relevant authorities. 

The  head  entity,  in  conjunction  with  other  members  of  the  tax-consolidated  group,  has  also  entered  into  a  tax  sharing 
agreement.  The tax sharing agreement provides for the determination of the allocation of income tax liabilities between the 
entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash includes cash at bank and on hand as well as highly liquid investments 
with short periods to maturity which are readily convertible to cash on hand and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes 
in value, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.  

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 

Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 
method, less any provision for impairment. Trade receivables are generally due for settlement within 30 days. 

Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Debts which are known to be uncollectable are written off 
by reducing the carrying amount directly. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is raised when there is objective 
evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. Significant 
financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation and default or 

36

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

36 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

delinquency in payments (more than 90 days overdue) are considered indicators that the trade receivable may be impaired. 
The  amount  of  the  impairment  allowance  is  the  difference  between  the  asset’s  carrying  amount  and  the  present  value  of 
estimated future cash flows, discounted at the original effective interest rate. Cash flows relating to short-term receivables are 
not discounted if the effect of discounting is immaterial. 

Other receivables are recognised at amortised cost, less any provision for impairment. 

INVESTMENT PROPERTY 

Land and buildings have the function of investment and are regarded as composite assets. In accordance with applicable 
accounting standards, the buildings, including plant and equipment, are not depreciated.  

Transfers from investment property to inventory are determined by a change of use as evidenced by a start of development 
with a view to subsequent sale. The fair value of the investment property at the date of transfer becomes the deemed cost of 
inventory. 

Investment  property  is  initially  measured  at cost,  including  transaction  costs.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  investment 
properties are stated at fair value, which reflects market conditions at the reporting date. Gains or losses arising from changes 
in the fair values of investment properties are recognised in profit or loss in the period in which they arise. 

Transfers to and from investment properties to property, plant and equipment are determined by a change in use of owner-
occupation. The fair value on the date of change of use from investment properties to property, plant and equipment are used 
as deemed cost for the subsequent accounting. The existing carrying amount of property, plant and equipment is used for the 
subsequent accounting cost of investment properties on date of change of use. 

Fair value is determined from market based evidence, by an appraisal undertaken by a professionally qualified valuer with 
experience in the location, category of the investment property, reputation, independence and whether professional standards 
are maintained. It is the Group’s policy to have all investment properties externally valued at intervals of not less than three 
years or a third of the properties each year. Internal valuations are undertaken with reference to current market conditions and 
available information for those investment properties not externally valued at each reporting date. It is the policy of the Group 
to review the fair value of each investment property at each reporting date and to cause investment properties to be revalued 
to fair values.   

Any gain or loss on disposal of investment property (calculated as the difference between the net proceeds from disposal and 
the carrying amount of the item) is recognised in profit or loss.  

Any subsequent period adjustments to deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses as a result of revised assessments 

of the probability of recoverability is recognised by the head entity only.   

INVESTMENT IN JOINT VENTURE 

A joint venture is a type of joint arrangement whereby the parties that have joint control of the arrangement have rights to the 
net assets of the joint venture. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control of an arrangement, which exists only 
when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control. 

The considerations made in determining joint control are similar to those necessary to determine control over subsidiaries. 
The  Group’s  investments  in  its  joint  venture  are  accounted  for  using  the  equity  method.  Under  the  equity  method,  the 
investment in a joint venture is initially recognised at cost. The carrying amount of the investment is adjusted to recognise 
changes in the Group’s share of net assets of the joint venture since the acquisition date. Goodwill relating to the joint venture 
is included in the carrying amount of the investment and is not tested for impairment separately. 

The statement of profit or loss reflects the Group’s share of the results of operations of the joint venture. Any change in other 
comprehensive income (OCI) of those investees is presented as part of the Group’s OCI. In addition, when there has been a 
change recognised directly in the equity of the joint venture, the Group recognises its share of any changes, when applicable, 
in the statement of changes in equity. Unrealised gains and losses resulting from transactions between the Group and the 
joint venture are eliminated to the extent of the interest in the joint venture. 

The aggregate of the Group’s share of profit or loss of a joint venture is shown on the face of the statement of profit or loss 
outside  operating  profit  and  represents  profit  or  loss  after  tax  and  non-controlling  interests  in  the  subsidiaries  of  the  joint 
venture. 

The financial statements of the associate or joint venture are prepared for the same reporting period as the Group. When 
necessary, adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies in line with those of the Group. 

After application of the equity method, the Group determines whether it is necessary to recognise an impairment loss on its 
investment  in  its  joint  venture.  At  each  reporting  date,  the Group  determines  whether  there  is  objective  evidence  that  the 
investment in the joint venture is impaired. If there is such evidence, the Group calculates the amount of impairment as the 
difference between the recoverable amount of the joint venture and its carrying value, and then recognises the loss as ‘Share 
of profit of a joint venture’ in the statement of profit or loss. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

37 

37

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

INCOME TAX 

Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax.  Income tax expense is recognised in profit and loss except to the 

extent that it relates to items recognised directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in equity. 

Deferred tax is recognised using the balance sheet method, providing for temporary differences between the carrying amounts 

of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  purposes  and  the  amounts  used  for  taxation  purposes.    Deferred  tax  is  not 

recognised for the differences relating to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that it is probable that it will not reverse in 

the foreseeable future. Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to the temporary differences 

when they reverse, based on the laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the reporting date.  Deferred tax 

assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and when the 

deferred tax balances relate to the same taxation authority.  A deferred tax asset is recognised to the extent that it is probable 

that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary difference can be utilised.  Deferred tax assets are 

reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax benefit will  be 

realised. 

TAX CONSOLIDATION 

Group Holdings Limited.  

The Company and its wholly-owned Australian resident entities have formed a tax-consolidation group with effect from 1 July 

2003 and are therefore taxed as a single entity from that date.  The head entity within the tax-consolidation group is Eureka 

Current tax expense/income, deferred tax liabilities and deferred assets arising from temporary differences of the members of 

the tax-consolidation group are recognised in the separate financial statements of the members of the tax-consolidation group 

using  the  ‘separate  taxpayer  within  group’  approach  by  reference  to  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  the 

separate financial statements of each entity and the tax values applying under tax consolidation. 

Any current tax liabilities (assets) and deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses of the subsidiaries is assumed by 

the head entity in the tax-consolidation group and are recognised by the Company as amounts payable/(receivable) to/(from) 

other  entities  in  the  tax-consolidation  group  in  conjunction  with  any  tax  funding  arrangement  amounts  (refer  below).    Any 

difference between these amounts is recognised by the Company as an equity contribution or distribution.  

The Company recognises deferred tax assets arising from unused tax losses of the tax-consolidation group to the extent that 

it is probable that future taxable profits of the tax-consolidation group will be available against which the asset can be utilised.  

Nature of Tax Funding Arrangements and Tax Sharing Arrangements 

The head entity in conjunction with other members of the tax-consolidation group has entered into a tax funding arrangement 

which sets out the funding obligations of members of the tax-consolidation group in respect of tax amounts.  The tax funding 

arrangements require payments to/from the head entity to the current tax liability/ (asset) assumed by the head entity and any 

tax-loss  deferred  tax  asset  assumed by  the  head  entity,  resulting in the  head entity  recognising  an  inter-entity  receivable/ 

(payable) equal in amount to the tax liability/ (asset) assumed.  The inter-entity receivables/ (payables) are at call. 

Contributions to fund the current tax liabilities are payable as per the tax funding arrangement and reflect the timing of the 

head entity’s obligation to make payments for tax liabilities to the relevant authorities. 

The  head  entity,  in  conjunction  with  other  members  of  the  tax-consolidated  group,  has  also  entered  into  a  tax  sharing 

agreement.  The tax sharing agreement provides for the determination of the allocation of income tax liabilities between the 

entities should the head entity default on its tax payment obligations. 

For the purpose of the statement of cash flows, cash includes cash at bank and on hand as well as highly liquid investments 

with short periods to maturity which are readily convertible to cash on hand and are subject to an insignificant risk of changes 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS 

in value, net of outstanding bank overdrafts.  

TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 

Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest 

method, less any provision for impairment. Trade receivables are generally due for settlement within 30 days. 

Collectability of trade receivables is reviewed on an ongoing basis. Debts which are known to be uncollectable are written off 

by reducing the carrying amount directly. A provision for impairment of trade receivables is raised when there is objective 

evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the receivables. Significant 

financial difficulties of the debtor, probability that the debtor will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation and default or 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

36 

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Upon loss of significant influence over the joint control over the joint venture, the Group measures and recognises any retained 
investment at its fair value. Any difference between the carrying amount of the joint venture upon loss of joint control and the 
fair value of the retained investment and proceeds from disposal is recognised in profit or loss. 

PROPERTY PLANT & EQUIPMENT 

Property plant and equipment is recognised at cost. Depreciation and amortisation is calculated on the straight line (SL) or 
diminishing value (DV) basis so as to write off the net cost of each item of property, plant and equipment over its expected 
useful life to the Group.  Rates used for each class of asset are: 

Class 

Rate 

Method 

Plant and equipment 

6-33% 

SL/DV 

Buildings 

2.5% 

SL 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Only intangible assets that have been purchased or paid for by the Group are recognised in the accounts.  Internally generated 
intangibles such as management rights on Communities that the Group has constructed are not recognised in the accounts. 

Management  rights  and  letting  rights  have  a  finite  life  and  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  recoverable  amount.  The 
management rights and letting rights are amortised using the straight  line method over 40 years being the estimated useful 
life (for strata-titled villages), or over the period of the management right contract (for single-owner villages).   

Rent  rolls have a finite life and are carried at the lower of cost or recoverable amount. Rent  rolls are amortised using the 
straight line method over 15 years being the estimated useful life. 

Other  intangible  assets  relate  to  sundry  operational  licences.  These  assets  have  an  indefinite  life  as  their  renewal  and 
maintenance is routine 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised, but tested for impairment annually, either individually or at the 
cash-generating  unit  level.    The  assessment  of  indefinite  life  is  reviewed  annually  to  determine  whether  the  indefinite  life 
continues to be supportable. 

Goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised, instead goodwill is reviewed 
for  impairment  annually  or more  frequently  if events  or changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the carrying  value may  be 
impaired.  Goodwill  acquired  is  allocated  to  each  of  the  cash-generating  units  expected  to  benefit  from  the  combination’s 
synergies.  Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill 
relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is 
recognised.  Impairment losses for goodwill are not subsequently reversed. 

IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS 

Financial Assets 
A financial asset is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence that it is impaired.  A 
financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have had a negative effect 
on the estimated future cash flows of that asset. 

An  impairment loss in  respect  of a  financial asset measured  at  amortised  cost  is  calculated  as  the difference between its 
carrying amount, and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate.  An 
impairment loss in respect of an available-for-sale financial asset is calculated by reference to its fair value. 

Individually significant financial assets are tested for impairment on an individual basis. The  remaining financial assets are 
assessed collectively in groups that share similar credit risk characteristics. 

All impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss.  Any cumulative loss in respect of an available-for-sale financial asset 
previously recognised in equity is reclassified to profit or loss.  Any impairment loss is reversed if the reversal can be related 
objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised.  For financial assets measured at amortised cost, 
the  reversal is  recognised  in profit or  loss.  For  available-for-sale  financial  assets  that are  equity  securities,  the  reversal  is 
recognised directly in other comprehensive income.   

Non-Financial Assets 
The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is 
any indication of impairment.  If any such indication exists then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill and 
intangible assets that have indefinite lives, recoverable amount is estimated at each reporting date. 

38

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

38 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Upon loss of significant influence over the joint control over the joint venture, the Group measures and recognises any retained 

investment at its fair value. Any difference between the carrying amount of the joint venture upon loss of joint control and the 

fair value of the retained investment and proceeds from disposal is recognised in profit or loss. 

PROPERTY PLANT & EQUIPMENT 

Property plant and equipment is recognised at cost. Depreciation and amortisation is calculated on the straight line (SL) or 

diminishing value (DV) basis so as to write off the net cost of each item of property, plant and equipment over its expected 

useful life to the Group.  Rates used for each class of asset are: 

Class 

Rate 

Method 

Plant and equipment 

6-33% 

SL/DV 

Buildings 

2.5% 

SL 

INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Only intangible assets that have been purchased or paid for by the Group are recognised in the accounts.  Internally generated 

intangibles such as management rights on Communities that the Group has constructed are not recognised in the accounts. 

Management  rights  and  letting  rights  have  a  finite  life  and  are  carried  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  recoverable  amount.  The 

management rights and letting rights are amortised using the straight  line method over 40 years being the estimated useful 

life (for strata-titled villages), or over the period of the management right contract (for single-owner villages).   

Rent  rolls have a finite life and are carried at the lower of cost or recoverable amount. Rent  rolls are amortised using the 

straight line method over 15 years being the estimated useful life. 

Other  intangible  assets  relate  to  sundry  operational  licences.  These  assets  have  an  indefinite  life  as  their  renewal  and 

maintenance is routine 

continues to be supportable. 

Intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not amortised, but tested for impairment annually, either individually or at the 

cash-generating  unit  level.    The  assessment  of  indefinite  life  is  reviewed  annually  to  determine  whether  the  indefinite  life 

Goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not amortised, instead goodwill is reviewed 

for  impairment  annually  or more  frequently  if events  or changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the carrying  value may  be 

impaired.  Goodwill  acquired  is  allocated  to  each  of  the  cash-generating  units  expected  to  benefit  from  the  combination’s 

synergies.  Impairment is determined by assessing the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill 

relates. Where the recoverable amount of the cash-generating unit is less than the carrying amount, an impairment loss is 

recognised.  Impairment losses for goodwill are not subsequently reversed. 

IMPAIRMENT OF ASSETS 

Financial Assets 

A financial asset is assessed at each reporting date to determine whether there is any objective evidence that it is impaired.  A 

financial asset is considered to be impaired if objective evidence indicates that one or more events have had a negative effect 

on the estimated future cash flows of that asset. 

An  impairment loss in  respect  of a  financial asset measured  at  amortised  cost  is  calculated  as  the difference between its 

carrying amount, and the present value of the estimated future cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate.  An 

impairment loss in respect of an available-for-sale financial asset is calculated by reference to its fair value. 

Individually significant financial assets are tested for impairment on an individual basis. The  remaining financial assets are 

assessed collectively in groups that share similar credit risk characteristics. 

All impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss.  Any cumulative loss in respect of an available-for-sale financial asset 

previously recognised in equity is reclassified to profit or loss.  Any impairment loss is reversed if the reversal can be related 

objectively to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognised.  For financial assets measured at amortised cost, 

the  reversal is  recognised  in profit or  loss.  For  available-for-sale  financial  assets  that are  equity  securities,  the  reversal  is 

recognised directly in other comprehensive income.   

Non-Financial Assets 

The carrying amounts of the Group’s non-financial assets are reviewed at each reporting date to determine whether there is 

any indication of impairment.  If any such indication exists then the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated. For goodwill and 

intangible assets that have indefinite lives, recoverable amount is estimated at each reporting date. 

The recoverable amount of an asset or cash-generating unit is the greater of its value in use and its fair value less costs to 
sell.  In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount 
rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset.  For the purpose 
of  impairment  testing,  assets  are  grouped  together  into  the  smallest  group  of  assets  that  generates  cash  inflows  from 
continuing  use  that  are  largely  independent  of  the  cash inflows  of  other  assets  or  groups  of  assets  (the  “cash-generating 
unit”).  The goodwill acquired in a business combination, for the purpose of impairment testing, is allocated to cash-generating 
units that are expected to benefit from the synergies of the combination. 

An  impairment  loss  is  recognised  if  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  or  its  cash-generating  unit  exceeds  its  recoverable 
amount.  Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss.  Impairment losses recognised in respect of cash-generating units 
are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill allocated to the units and then to reduce the carrying amount 
of the other assets in the unit (group of units) on a pro rata basis. 

Impairment  losses  recognised  in  prior  periods  are  assessed  at  each  reporting  date  for  any  indications  that  the  loss  has 
decreased or no longer exists. Except for goodwill, an impairment loss is reversed if there has been a change in the estimates 
used to determine the recoverable amount.  An impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount 
does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation or amortisation, if no impairment 
loss had been recognised. 

FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENT 

When an asset or liability, financial or non-financial, is measured at fair value for recognition or disclosure purposes, the fair 
value is based on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants at the measurement date; and assumes that the transaction will take place either: in the principal market; 
or in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market. 

Fair value is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, assuming 
they act in their economic best interests. For non-financial assets including investment properties, the fair value measurement 
is based on its highest and best use. Valuation techniques that are appropriate in the circumstances and for which sufficient 
data are available to measure fair value, are used, maximising the use of relevant observable inputs and minimising the use 
of unobservable inputs. 

Assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  are  classified,  into  three  levels,  using  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  reflects  the 
significance of the inputs used in making the measurements. Classifications are reviewed at each reporting date and transfers 
between  levels  are  determined  based  on  a  reassessment  of  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value 
measurement. 

For recurring and non-recurring fair value measurements, external valuers may be used when internal expertise is either not 
available or when the valuation is deemed to be significant. External valuers are selected based on market knowledge and 
reputation. Where there is a significant change in fair value of an asset or liability from one period to another, an analysis is 
undertaken, which includes a verification of the major inputs applied in the latest valuation and a comparison, where applicable, 
with external sources of data. 

FINANCIAL ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

A financial instrument is recognised if the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Financial 
assets  are  derecognised  if  the  Group’s contractual  rights  to  the  cash  flows  from  the  financial  asset expire  or  if  the  Group 
transfers the financial asset to another party without retaining control or substantially all risks and rewards of the asset. Regular 
purchases and sales of financial assets are accounted for at trade date i.e. the date that the Group commits itself to purchase 
or sell the asset. Financial liabilities are derecognised if the Group’s obligation specified in the contract expire or are discharged 
or cancelled. 

An instrument is classified as at fair value through profit and loss if it is held for trading or is designated as such upon  initial 
recognition. Financial instruments are designated at fair value through profit or loss if the group manages such investments 
and  makes  purchase  and  sale  decisions  based  on  their  fair  value  in  accordance  with  the  Group’s  documented  risk 
management or investment strategy. Upon initial recognition, attributable transaction costs are recognised in profit or loss 
when incurred. Financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss are measured at fair value, and changes are recognised 
in profit or loss. 

Investments are designated as available-for-sale financial assets if they do not have fixed maturities and fixed or determinable 
payments, and management intends to hold them for the medium to long-term.  Financial assets that are not classified into 
any of the other categories (at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables or held-to-maturity investments) are also 
included in the available-for-sale category. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

38 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

39 

39

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS (OR DISPOSAL GROUPS) CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE 

Non-current assets and assets of disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered 
principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. They are measured at the lower of their carrying 
amount and fair value less costs to sell. For non-current assets or assets of disposal groups to be classified as held for sale, 
they must be available for immediate sale in their present condition and their sale must be highly probable. 

An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent write-down of the asset (or disposal group) to fair value less 
costs to sell.  A gain is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset (or disposal group), 
but not in excess of any cumulative impairment loss previously recognised.  A gain or loss not previously recognised by the 
date of the sale of the non-current asset (or disposal group) is recognised at the date of derecognition. 

Non-current  assets  (including  those  that  are  part  of  the  disposal  group)  are  not  depreciated  or  amortised  while  they  are 
classified as held for sale.  Non-current assets classified as held for sale and the assets of a disposal group classified as held 
for sale are presented separately from the other assets in the statement of financial position.  The liabilities of a disposal group 
classified as held for sale are presented separately from other liabilities in the statement of financial position. 

TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year and 
which are unpaid at that date. The amounts are unsecured and are generally settled within 30-60 days. 

BORROWINGS 

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in 
profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan 
facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be 
drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable 
that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised 
over the period of the facility to which is relates. 

The fair value of the liability portion of a convertible bond is determined using a market interest rate for an equivalent non-
convertible bond. This amount is recorded as a liability on an amortised cost basis until extinguished on conversion or maturity 
of  the  bonds.  The  remainder  of  the  proceeds  is  allocated  to  the  conversion  option.  This  is  recognised  and  included  in 
shareholders’ equity, net of income tax effects. 

Borrowings  are  removed  from  the  balance  sheet  when  the obligation  specified  in  the  contract  is  discharged,  cancelled  or 
expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another 
party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or 
loss as other income or finance costs. 

Where the terms of a financial liability are renegotiated and the entity issues equity instruments to a creditor to extinguish all 
or part of the liability (debt for equity swap), a gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss, which is measured as the difference 
between the carrying amount of the financial liability and the fair value of the equity instruments issued. 

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for 
at least 12 months after the reporting period. 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 

Short-term Employee Benefits 
Liabilities for wages and salaries, annual leave and long service leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting 
date are recognised in current liabilities, and are measured as the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled 
inclusive of on-costs.  Sick leave is non-vesting and is expensed as paid.  

Long-term Employee Benefits 
The liabilities for annual leave and long service leave expected to not be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are 
recognised in non-current liabilities, provided there is an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability.  The liability is 
measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to 
the reporting date.  Consideration is given for expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and 
periods of service.  Expected future payments are discounted using market yields as at the reporting date on corporate bond 
rates with the terms to maturity that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows. 

Share based payments 
Employees of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments, whereby employees render services as 
consideration for equity instruments (equity-settled transactions). 

40

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

40 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

NON-CURRENT ASSETS (OR DISPOSAL GROUPS) CLASSIFIED AS HELD FOR SALE 

Non-current assets and assets of disposal groups are classified as held for sale if their carrying amount will be recovered 

principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. They are measured at the lower of their carrying 

amount and fair value less costs to sell. For non-current assets or assets of disposal groups to be classified as held for sale, 

they must be available for immediate sale in their present condition and their sale must be highly probable. 

An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent write-down of the asset (or disposal group) to fair value less 

costs to sell.  A gain is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less costs to sell of an asset (or disposal group), 

but not in excess of any cumulative impairment loss previously recognised.  A gain or loss not previously recognised by the 

date of the sale of the non-current asset (or disposal group) is recognised at the date of derecognition. 

Non-current  assets  (including  those  that  are  part  of  the  disposal  group)  are  not  depreciated  or  amortised  while  they  are 

classified as held for sale.  Non-current assets classified as held for sale and the assets of a disposal group classified as held 

for sale are presented separately from the other assets in the statement of financial position.  The liabilities of a disposal group 

classified as held for sale are presented separately from other liabilities in the statement of financial position. 

TRADE AND OTHER PAYABLES 

These amounts represent liabilities for goods and services provided to the Group prior to the end of the financial year and 

which are unpaid at that date. The amounts are unsecured and are generally settled within 30-60 days. 

Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently measured at 

amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised in 

profit or loss over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Fees paid on the establishment of loan 

facilities are recognised as transaction costs of the loan to the extent that it is probable that some or all of the facility will be 

drawn down. In this case, the fee is deferred until the draw down occurs. To the extent there is no evidence that it is probable 

that some or all of the facility will be drawn down, the fee is capitalised as a prepayment for liquidity services and amortised 

over the period of the facility to which is relates. 

The fair value of the liability portion of a convertible bond is determined using a market interest rate for an equivalent non-

convertible bond. This amount is recorded as a liability on an amortised cost basis until extinguished on conversion or maturity 

of  the  bonds.  The  remainder  of  the  proceeds  is  allocated  to  the  conversion  option.  This  is  recognised  and  included  in 

shareholders’ equity, net of income tax effects. 

Borrowings  are  removed  from  the  balance  sheet  when  the obligation  specified  in  the  contract  is  discharged,  cancelled  or 

expired. The difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability that has been extinguished or transferred to another 

party and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred or liabilities assumed, is recognised in profit or 

loss as other income or finance costs. 

Where the terms of a financial liability are renegotiated and the entity issues equity instruments to a creditor to extinguish all 

or part of the liability (debt for equity swap), a gain or loss is recognised in profit or loss, which is measured as the difference 

between the carrying amount of the financial liability and the fair value of the equity instruments issued. 

Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for 

at least 12 months after the reporting period. 

EMPLOYEE BENEFITS 

Short-term Employee Benefits 

Long-term Employee Benefits 

The liabilities for annual leave and long service leave expected to not be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are 

recognised in non-current liabilities, provided there is an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability.  The liability is 

measured as the present value of expected future payments to be made in respect of services provided by employees up to 

the reporting date.  Consideration is given for expected future wage and salary levels, experience of employee departures and 

periods of service.  Expected future payments are discounted using market yields as at the reporting date on corporate bond 

rates with the terms to maturity that match, as closely as possible, the estimated future cash outflows. 

Share based payments 

Employees of the Group receive remuneration in the form of share-based payments, whereby employees render services as 

consideration for equity instruments (equity-settled transactions). 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

40 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

The cost of equity-settled transactions is determined by the fair value at the date when the grant is made using an appropriate 
valuation model.  

That  cost  is  recognised  in  employee  benefits  expense,  together  with  a  corresponding  increase  in  equity  (other  capital 
reserves), over the period in which the service and, where applicable, the performance conditions are fulfilled (the vesting 
period). The cumulative expense recognised for equity-settled transactions at each reporting date until the vesting date reflects 
the extent to which the vesting period has expired and the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity instruments that will 
ultimately vest. The expense or credit in the statement of profit or loss for a period represents the movement in cumulative 
expense recognised as at the beginning and end of that period.  

Service  and  non-market  performance  conditions  are  not  taken  into account  when  determining  the  grant  date  fair  value of 
awards, but the likelihood of the conditions being met is assessed as part of the Group’s best estimate of the number of equity 
instruments that will ultimately vest. Market performance conditions are reflected within the grant date fair value. Any other 
conditions attached to an award, but without an associated service requirement, are considered to be non-vesting conditions. 
Non-vesting conditions are reflected in the fair value of an award and lead to an immediate expensing of an award unless 
there are also service and/or performance conditions. 

No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest because non-market performance and/or service conditions 
have  not  been  met.  Where  awards  include  a  market  or  non-vesting  condition,  the  transactions  are  treated  as  vested 
irrespective of whether the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service 
conditions are satisfied. 

BORROWINGS 

PROVISIONS 

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation, the future sacrifice of economic benefits is probable, and 
the amount of the provision can be measured reliably. 

The amount recognised as a provision is the best estimate of the consideration required to settle the present obligation at 
reporting date, taking into account the risks and uncertainties surrounding the obligation. 

RETIREMENT VILLAGE RESIDENT LOANS 

These loans, which are repayable on the departure of the resident, are classified as financial liabilities at fair value through 
profit and loss with resulting fair value adjustments recognised in the income statement. The fair value of the obligation is 
measured as the ingoing contribution plus the resident’s share of capital appreciation to reporting date. Although the 
expected average residency term is between one to ten years, these obligations are classified as current liabilities, as 
required by Accounting Standards, because the Group does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement to more than 
twelve months after reporting date. 

This liability is stated net of accrued deferred management fees at reporting date, because the Group’s contracts with 
residents require net settlement of those obligations. 

FINANCE COSTS 

Finance  costs  include  interest  on  short-term  and  long-term  borrowings,  amortisation  of  discounts  or  premiums  relating  to 
borrowings,  amortisation  of  ancillary  costs  in  connection  with  the  arrangement  of  borrowings  and  finance  lease  charges. 
Finance costs incurred whilst qualifying assets are under construction are capitalised in the period in which they are incurred.  
Once each project is completed and ready for sale, subsequent finance costs are expensed when incurred.  All other finance 
costs are expensed when incurred.   

GOODS AND SERVICES TAX 

Liabilities for wages and salaries, annual leave and long service leave expected to be settled within 12 months of the reporting 

date are recognised in current liabilities, and are measured as the amounts expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled 

inclusive of on-costs.  Sick leave is non-vesting and is expensed as paid.  

Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the amount of goods and services tax (GST), except where the amount 
of GST incurred is not recoverable from the taxation authority, it is recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of an asset or 
as part of an item of expense.  

Receivables  and payables are  recognised inclusive  of  GST.  The  net amount  of  GST  recoverable  from,  or  payable to,  the 
taxation authority is included as part of receivables or payables. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

41 

41

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

LEASES 

Leases of property, plant and equipment where the group, as lessee, has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership 
are classified as finance leases.  Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s inception at the fair value of the leased property 
or, if lower the present value of the minimum lease payments.  The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, 
are included in financial liabilities.  Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost.  The finance cost 
is charged to the profit and loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining 
balance of the liability for each period.  The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases is depreciated over 
the asset’s useful life or over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term if there is no reasonable certainty that the 
group will obtain ownership at the end of the lease term. 

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred to the group as lessee are 
classified as operating leases.   Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense on a straight line basis over the 
lease term. 

DIVIDENDS  

Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of 
the entity, on or before the end of the reporting period but not distributed at the end of the reporting period.  

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 

The Group considers its share capital and accumulated losses as capital. When managing capital, the objective is to ensure 
the  Group  continues  as  a  going  concern,  as  well  as  to  maintain  optimum  returns  to  shareholders  and  benefits  for  other 
stakeholders. The Group also aims to maintain a capital structure that ensures the lowest cost of capital available to the entity. 

The Group does not have any specific capital targets and nor is it subject to any external capital restrictions.  The Board and 
Senior Management meet regularly and review in detail the current cash position and cash flow forecasts having regard to 
planned expansions and take the necessary action to ensure sufficient funds are available. 

CONTRIBUTED EQUITY 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown 
in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 

When share capital recognised as equity is repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable 
costs is recognised as a deduction from equity. 

EARNINGS PER SHARE 

Basic Earnings Per Share  
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of the Company, excluding any costs of 
servicing  equity  other  than  ordinary  shares,  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  during  the 
financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the financial year. 

Diluted Earnings Per Share  
Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the 
after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares and the weighted 
average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares. 

USE OF JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the 
application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may 
differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting 
estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected. 

In  particular,  information  about  significant  areas  of  estimation  uncertainty  and  critical  judgements  in  applying  accounting 
policies that have most significant effect on the amount recognised in the financial statements are described as follows: 

42

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

42 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

LEASES 

Leases of property, plant and equipment where the group, as lessee, has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership 

are classified as finance leases.  Finance leases are capitalised at the lease’s inception at the fair value of the leased property 

or, if lower the present value of the minimum lease payments.  The corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, 

are included in financial liabilities.  Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost.  The finance cost 

is charged to the profit and loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the remaining 

balance of the liability for each period.  The property, plant and equipment acquired under finance leases is depreciated over 

the asset’s useful life or over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term if there is no reasonable certainty that the 

group will obtain ownership at the end of the lease term. 

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership are not transferred to the group as lessee are 

classified as operating leases.   Operating lease payments are recognised as an expense on a straight line basis over the 

lease term. 

DIVIDENDS  

CAPITAL MANAGEMENT 

CONTRIBUTED EQUITY 

EARNINGS PER SHARE 

Basic Earnings Per Share  

Provision is made for the amount of any dividend declared, being appropriately authorised and no longer at the discretion of 

the entity, on or before the end of the reporting period but not distributed at the end of the reporting period.  

The Group considers its share capital and accumulated losses as capital. When managing capital, the objective is to ensure 

the  Group  continues  as  a  going  concern,  as  well  as  to  maintain  optimum  returns  to  shareholders  and  benefits  for  other 

stakeholders. The Group also aims to maintain a capital structure that ensures the lowest cost of capital available to the entity. 

The Group does not have any specific capital targets and nor is it subject to any external capital restrictions.  The Board and 

Senior Management meet regularly and review in detail the current cash position and cash flow forecasts having regard to 

planned expansions and take the necessary action to ensure sufficient funds are available. 

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares or options are shown 

in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. 

When share capital recognised as equity is repurchased, the amount of the consideration paid, including directly attributable 

costs is recognised as a deduction from equity. 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit attributable to the owners of the Company, excluding any costs of 

servicing  equity  other  than  ordinary  shares,  by  the  weighted  average  number  of  ordinary  shares  outstanding  during  the 

financial year, adjusted for bonus elements in ordinary shares issued during the financial year. 

Diluted Earnings Per Share  

Diluted earnings per share adjusts the figures used in the determination of basic earnings per share to take into account the 

after income tax effect of interest and other financing costs associated with dilutive potential ordinary shares and the weighted 

average number of shares assumed to have been issued for no consideration in relation to dilutive potential ordinary shares. 

USE OF JUDGEMENTS, ESTIMATES AND ASSUMPTIONS 

The preparation of financial statements requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect the 

application of accounting policies and the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses. Actual results may 

differ from these estimates. Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to accounting 

estimates are recognised in the period in which the estimate is revised and in any future periods affected. 

In  particular,  information  about  significant  areas  of  estimation  uncertainty  and  critical  judgements  in  applying  accounting 

policies that have most significant effect on the amount recognised in the financial statements are described as follows: 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Goodwill  
The Group tests annually, or more frequently, if events or changes in circumstances indicate impairment on whether goodwill 
has suffered any impairment. The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units have been determined based on value-in-
use calculations. These calculations require the use of assumptions, including estimated discount rates based on the current 
cost of capital and growth rates of the estimated future cash flows. Refer to Note 16 for further information. 

Amortisation of Management Rights  

Management rights are amortised over either 40 years (for strata-titled villages) or the period of the management right contract 
(for single-owner villages).   

For strata-titled villages where management rights are attached, the Group amortises its management rights over a period of 
40  years  (being  the  estimated  useful  life).  The  amortisation  period  used  reflects  the  pattern  in  which  the  asset’s  future 
economic  benefits  are  expected  to  be  consumed  by  the  Group.  In  determining  the  useful  life,  the  Group  considered  the 
expected usage of the assets, the legal rights over the asset and the renewal period of the management right agreements.  The 
management  rights  are  attached  to  each  individual  village’s  property  and  include  options  or  the  ability  to  renew  the 
contract.  Taking these points into consideration, the Directors believe the amortisation period should be similar to the life of 
the property rather than agreement period.  

For Single-owner villages where management rights are attached, its management rights are amortised over the life of the 
contract. This is because Eureka has materially less control over future contract renewals than it does with the strata-titled 
villages. Eureka considers that it has materially less control over future contract renewals in single-owner villages primarily 
because: (a) it does not own or have any sort of tenure in respect of the managers unit; and (b) a single vote of the owner can 
elect to not renew Eureka’s management rights contract.  

Investment Property – Classification 

The Group classifies property as investment property when it meets the following key criteria: 

• 
• 

The property is held by the Group to generate long term investment growth and ongoing rental returns; and  
Ancillary services are insignificant to the arrangement as a whole.  

Associated with these properties are insignificant ancillary services  – principally the provision of food services to residents. 
Judgement  is  required  as to whether  the  ancillary  services  are  significant.  Management has  determined  that  the  ancillary 
services are not significant by comparing the fair value of the ancillary services to the total income generated from the property.  
In addition, qualitative factors have been considered as part of the assessment of ancillary services including both operational 
and legislative considerations.  An  assessment  of  the  qualitative  and  economic  factors associated  with these services  has 
been made and the ancillary services have been concluded not to be significant and hence property has been recorded as 
investment property.  

Properties that do not meet this criteria are classified as property, plant and equipment.  

Investment Property – Measurement 
The Group carries its investment property at fair value, with changes in fair value being recognised in profit or loss. The best 
evidence of fair value is current prices in an active market for similar investment properties. Where such information is not 
available, the Group determines a property’s value within a range of reasonable fair value estimates. In making its judgment, 
the Group considers information from a variety of sources including: 

a)  Acquisition price paid for the property; 
b)  Recent prices of similar properties with adjustments to reflect any changes in economic conditions since the date of 

the transactions that occurred at those prices; and 

c)  Capitalised income projections based upon a property’s estimated net market income, which is assumed to be a 

level annuity in perpetuity and capitalisation rate derived from analysis of market evidence.  

Fair value measurement hierarchy 
The consolidated entity is required to classify all assets and liabilities, measured at fair value, using a three level hierarchy, 
based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is  significant  to  the  entire  fair  value  measurement,  being:  Level  1:  Quoted  prices 
(unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at the measurement date; Level  2: 
Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; 
and Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Considerable judgement is required to determine what is significant 
to fair value and therefore which category the asset or liability is placed in can be subjective. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

42 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

43 

43

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

The  fair  value  of  assets  and  liabilities  classified  as  level  3  is  determined  by  the  use  of  valuation  models.  These  include 
discounted cash flow analysis or the use of observable inputs that require significant adjustments based on unobservable 
inputs. 

Option over property 

Options  over  property  are  initially  measured  at  cost.  Subsequent  to  acquisition  options  continue  to  be  recorded  at  cost, 
however  are  tested  for  impairment  on  an  annual  basis.  Impairment  is  tested  by  reference  to  the  assessed  value  of  the 
underlying property assets or final cash settlement alternatives. Impairment losses are recorded as incurred. Refer to Note 9 
for significant assumptions made in the assessment of impairment for these assets. 

Impairment of non-financial assets other than goodwill and other indefinite life intangible assets 
The consolidated entity assesses impairment of non-financial assets other than goodwill and other indefinite life intangible 
assets at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the consolidated entity and to the particular asset that may 
lead to impairment. If an impairment trigger exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is determined. This involves fair value 
less costs of disposal or value-in-use calculations, which incorporate a number of key estimates and assumptions. 

Recovery of Deferred Tax Assets 
Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences only if the Group considers it is probable that future 
taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary difference and tax losses. 

Recovery of Other Receivables 
At each reporting date the Group assesses the recoverability of other receivables and loans by reference to the expected 
future cash flows and credit worthiness of the borrower. Security provided is also considered. 

PARENT ENTITY 

In accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, these financial statements present the results of the Group only. Supplementary 
information about the parent entity is disclosed in Note 33. The accounting policies of the parent entity are consistent with 
those of the Group, as disclosed above, except for the following: 

• 
• 

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost, less any impairment, in the parent entity. 
Investments in joint ventures are accounted for at cost, less any impairment, in the parent entity. 

Financial Guarantees 
Where  the  parent  entity  has  provided  financial  guarantees  in  relation  to  loans  and  payables  of  subsidiaries  for  no 
compensation, the fair values of these guarantees are accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the cost of the 
investment. 

COMPARATIVES 

Where necessary, comparative information has been reclassified to achieve consistency in disclosure with current financial 
year amounts and other disclosures. 

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS NOT YET ADOPTED 

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 30 June 2018 reporting 
periods. Eureka Group Holdings Limited assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations is set out below. 

AASB 9 Financial Instruments 
AASB  9  Financial  Instruments  includes  requirements  for  the  classification,  measurement  and  de-recognition  of  financial 
assets.  These  requirements  improve  and  simplify  the  approach  for  classification  and  measurement  of  financial  assets 
compared  with  the  requirements  of  AASB  139.  The  standard  is  applicable  to  the  Group  from  1  July  2018.  The  new 
requirements are not expected to impact the classification and measurement of the Group’s existing financial assets. However, 
the impact of the application of the standard is continuously being monitored by the Group, and the Group expects to conclude 
on the impact in due course. 

44

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

44 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

The  fair  value  of  assets  and  liabilities  classified  as  level  3  is  determined  by  the  use  of  valuation  models.  These  include 

discounted cash flow analysis or the use of observable inputs that require significant adjustments based on unobservable 

inputs. 

Option over property 

Options  over  property  are  initially  measured  at  cost.  Subsequent  to  acquisition  options  continue  to  be  recorded  at  cost, 

however  are  tested  for  impairment  on  an  annual  basis.  Impairment  is  tested  by  reference  to  the  assessed  value  of  the 

underlying property assets or final cash settlement alternatives. Impairment losses are recorded as incurred. Refer to Note 9 

for significant assumptions made in the assessment of impairment for these assets. 

Impairment of non-financial assets other than goodwill and other indefinite life intangible assets 

The consolidated entity assesses impairment of non-financial assets other than goodwill and other indefinite life intangible 

assets at each reporting date by evaluating conditions specific to the consolidated entity and to the particular asset that may 

lead to impairment. If an impairment trigger exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is determined. This involves fair value 

less costs of disposal or value-in-use calculations, which incorporate a number of key estimates and assumptions. 

Recovery of Deferred Tax Assets 

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary differences only if the Group considers it is probable that future 

taxable amounts will be available to utilise those temporary difference and tax losses. 

Recovery of Other Receivables 

At each reporting date the Group assesses the recoverability of other receivables and loans by reference to the expected 

future cash flows and credit worthiness of the borrower. Security provided is also considered. 

In accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, these financial statements present the results of the Group only. Supplementary 

information about the parent entity is disclosed in Note 33. The accounting policies of the parent entity are consistent with 

those of the Group, as disclosed above, except for the following: 

• 

• 

Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for at cost, less any impairment, in the parent entity. 

Investments in joint ventures are accounted for at cost, less any impairment, in the parent entity. 

Where  the  parent  entity  has  provided  financial  guarantees  in  relation  to  loans  and  payables  of  subsidiaries  for  no 

compensation, the fair values of these guarantees are accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the cost of the 

PARENT ENTITY 

Financial Guarantees 

investment. 

COMPARATIVES 

Where necessary, comparative information has been reclassified to achieve consistency in disclosure with current financial 

year amounts and other disclosures. 

NEW ACCOUNTING STANDARDS AND INTERPRETATIONS NOT YET ADOPTED 

AASB 9 Financial Instruments 

AASB  9  Financial  Instruments  includes  requirements  for  the  classification,  measurement  and  de-recognition  of  financial 

assets.  These  requirements  improve  and  simplify  the  approach  for  classification  and  measurement  of  financial  assets 

compared  with  the  requirements  of  AASB  139.  The  standard  is  applicable  to  the  Group  from  1  July  2018.  The  new 

requirements are not expected to impact the classification and measurement of the Group’s existing financial assets. However, 

the impact of the application of the standard is continuously being monitored by the Group, and the Group expects to conclude 

on the impact in due course. 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

AASB 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers 
This standard is applicable to annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. The standard replaces all existing 
revenue recognition accounting standards and interpretations.  The standard introduces five step model and provides a single 
standard  for  revenue  recognition.  The  core  principle  of  the  standard  is  that  an  entity  will  recognise  revenue  to  depict  the 
transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects 
to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. For goods, the performance obligation would be satisfied when the 
customer  obtains  control  of  the  goods.  For  services,  the  performance  obligation  is  satisfied  when  the  service  has  been 
provided, typically for promises to transfer services to customers. For performance obligations satisfied over time, an entity 
would select an appropriate measure of progress to determine how much revenue should be recognised as the performance 
obligation is satisfied. Sufficient quantitative and qualitative disclosure is required to enable users to understand the contracts 
with customers; the significant judgments made in applying the guidance to those contracts; and any assets recognised from 
the costs to obtain or fulfil a contract with a customer. 

The Group has undertaken an analysis of how AASB 15 should be implemented.  This analysis has been performed in 
respect of revenue from the following major business activities being: 

a)  Provision of accommodation and food services;  
b)  Property maintenance and consulting services, and 
c)  Care services. 

In respect to revenue from contracts with residents for the provision of accommodation and food, revenue will continue to be 
recognised as and when accommodation and food is provided, as this is when the Group transfers control of this service 
(satisfies its performance obligation).  

In respect to revenue from management and caretaking services, revenue will continue to be recognised as and when the 
Group performs the agreed services, as this is when the Group transfers control of this service (satisfies its performance 
obligation). 

When AASB 15 is adopted in the year ended 30 June 2019, entities are required to select either the modified retrospective 
approach (comparatives are not restated) approach or the full retrospective (comparatives are restated) approach. Given 
there is no change to the measurement and recognition criteria, there is no difference between the two approaches for the 
Group. 

In respect to revenue from the provision of care services, revenue will continue to be recognised as and when the Group 
provides the accommodation and care services in accordance with the care plan, as this is when the Group transfers control 
of this service (satisfies its performance obligation).   

The Group’s existing disclosure meets the requirements under AASB 15 in respect of the disaggregation of revenue into 
categories that depict how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cashflows are effected by the 
economic factors. Any new agreements for the provision of goods and services will be assessed as they arise throughout 
the year ended 30 June 2019 and beyond. 

AASB 16 Leases 
The new standard will be effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2019. The key features of AASB 16 are 
as follows: 

Certain new accounting standards and interpretations have been published that are not mandatory for 30 June 2018 reporting 

periods. Eureka Group Holdings Limited assessment of the impact of these new standards and interpretations is set out below. 

Lessee accounting 

• 

Lessees are required to recognise assets and liabilities for all leases with a term of more than 12 months, unless the 
underlying asset is of low value. 

•  A  lessee  measures  right-of-use  assets  similarly  to  other  non-financial  assets  and  lease  liabilities  similarly  to  other 

financial liabilities.  

•  Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. The measurement includes 
non-cancellable  lease  payments  (including  inflation-linked  payments),  and  also  includes  payments  to  be  made  in 
optional periods if the lessee is reasonably certain to exercise an option to extend the lease, or not to exercise an option 
to terminate the lease. 

•  AASB 16 contains disclosure requirements for lessees.  

The consolidated entity will adopt this standard from 1 July 2019. Existing operating leases and any entered into during the 
year ending 30 June 2019 will be brought onto the balance sheet. Final impact is yet to be determined. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

44 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

45 

45

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

3.  REVENUE 

Revenue 

Catering – managed properties 

Catering – owned properties 

Service fees 

Property maintenance and consulting services 

Rental income  

Other revenue  

Other Income 

Interest revenue 

Net gain on revaluation of investment property and other assets to fair value 

Gain on sale of investment property  

Gain on sale of intangibles 

Insurance claim revenue 

Other income                                                        

4.  ITEMS INCLUDED IN PROFIT/(LOSS) 

Profit/(loss) before income tax expense includes the following specific items: 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

2,193 

2,081 

1,762 

864 

15,674 

- 

22,574 

41 

- 

501 

60 

- 

36 

638 

1,992 

2,146 

1,842 

1,833 

14,826 

1,414 

24,053 

172 

1,046 

(10) 

- 

1,007 

205 

2,420 

Flood damage expense 

- 

519 

Rental expense relating to operating leases 

- Minimum lease payments 

Finance cost 

- Interest and finance charges paid/payable for financial liabilities not at fair value 
through profit or loss 

Total finance cost 

Amortisation 

- Management rights 

- Rent rolls 

- Website 

Total amortisation 

Depreciation 

- Plant & equipment 

- Buildings 

- Motor vehicles 

Total depreciation 

Defined contribution superannuation expense 

280 

201 

2,753 

2,753 

2,606 

2,606 

134 

4 

2 

140 

81 

16 

14 

111 

431 

137 

3 

2 

142 

101 

17 

11 

129 

421 

46

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

46 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

3.  REVENUE 

5. 

INCOME TAX 

Revenue 

Catering – managed properties 

Catering – owned properties 

Property maintenance and consulting services 

Service fees 

Rental income  

Other revenue  

Other Income 

Interest revenue 

Gain on sale of investment property  

Gain on sale of intangibles 

Insurance claim revenue 

Other income                                                        

Net gain on revaluation of investment property and other assets to fair value 

4.  ITEMS INCLUDED IN PROFIT/(LOSS) 

Profit/(loss) before income tax expense includes the following specific items: 

Flood damage expense 

- 

519 

The major components of income tax expense for the years ended  
30 June 2018 and 2017 are: 

Consolidated Statement of Profit or Loss 

Current income tax 

Deferred income tax 

Income tax expense reported in the Statement of Profit or Loss 

A reconciliation of tax expense and the accounting profit/(loss) multiplied by the 
applicable tax rate of 30% presents as follows: 

Accounting profit/(loss) before tax 

Income tax calculated at 30% 

Tax effect of permanent differences – non deductible land option amounts 

Recognition of deferred tax assets not previously recognised 

Income tax expense reported in the Statement of Profit or Loss 

6.  TRADE AND OTHER RECEIVABLES 

Rental expense relating to operating leases 

- Minimum lease payments 

- Interest and finance charges paid/payable for financial liabilities not at fair value 

Trade debtors (i) 

Other debtors 

Couran Cove receivable (i) 

Provision for doubtful debts 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

- 
- 

- 

- 
- 

- 

(276) 

6,538 

(83) 

1,961 

533 

(450) 

- 

1 

(1,962) 

- 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

132 

186 

2,260 

(176) 

2,402 

382 

400 

1,939 

(89) 

2,632 

(i) Refer to Note 9 – amounts relating to Couran Cove previously classified as trade debtors and financing extended were 
transferred to other non-current assets upon execution of the agreement between the Group and the parties to these amounts. 
The amount transferred was $3.00 million during year ended 30 June 2017. This reduced the amount receivable by $3.00 
million. 

Trade receivables are non-interest bearing unless otherwise stated and are generally on 30 day terms. 

The amounts advanced in relation to the Couran Cove receivable are secured over assets of the third party. Subsequent to 
30 June 2018 the nature of these receivables changed as disclosed in Note 34. There are no provisions recorded against 
these amounts receivable for the reasons disclosed in Note 34. Other Couran Cove assets are described in Notes 7 and 9. 

7.  INVENTORIES 

Catering inventory – at cost 

Terranora units  

Couran Cove units 

12 

9,771 

2,000 

11,783 

7 

7,642 

- 

7,649 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

47 

47

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

2,193 

2,081 

1,762 

864 

15,674 

- 

22,574 

41 

- 

501 

60 

- 

36 

638 

1,992 

2,146 

1,842 

1,833 

14,826 

1,414 

24,053 

172 

1,046 

(10) 

- 

1,007 

205 

2,420 

280 

201 

2,753 

2,753 

2,606 

2,606 

134 

4 

2 

140 

81 

16 

14 

111 

431 

137 

3 

2 

142 

101 

17 

11 

129 

421 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

46 

Finance cost 

through profit or loss 

Total finance cost 

Amortisation 

- Management rights 

- Rent rolls 

- Website 

Total amortisation 

Depreciation 

- Plant & equipment 

- Buildings 

- Motor vehicles 

Total depreciation 

Defined contribution superannuation expense 

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

The Terranora units were transferred from investment property in 2016 and were recognised at the date of transfer at fair 
value which, as inventory, is considered deemed cost. During 2018, intention to sell the manager’s residence was formed.  
Therefore,  the  residence  was  transferred  from  investment  property  during  the  year  at  fair  value  ($400,000).  The  costs  of 
additional development are capitalised to the inventory as incurred.  

The Couran Cove units transferred from investment property during the year were  recognised at the date of transfer at fair 
value. The units were written down by $0.83 million during the year to a net realisable value of $2.00 million as a result of the 
post balance date transaction described in Note 34. Associated with the Couran Cove transaction the Group also incurred 
legal and other costs of $0.29 million. These costs combined with the unit write down  resulted in a total expense of $1.12 
million. 

Inventory is recorded at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The inventory is expected to be realised within 12 months 
via sales to third parties.  

8.   ASSETS HELD FOR SALE 

Current 

Assets held for sale 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

1,750 

1,750 

- 

- 

This asset comprises the Lambert Village and two residential houses in Mt Gambier. A contract for the sale of Lambert Village 
in Mt Gambier was executed on 20 August 2018 for $1.10 million. In accordance with the terms of the contract, settlement is 
due on 30 November 2018. The two residential houses are expected to be realised within 12 months. 

9.  OTHER ASSETS 

Current 

Property Deposits 

Prepayments and other assets (ii) 

Bartercard (iii) 

Non-current 
Other (i) 

(i) Couran Cove Land Option 

Position at 30 June 2018  

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

- 

842 

627 

204 

781 

638 

1,469 

1,623 

1,237 

1,237 

3,000 

3,000 

The Group had acquired by way of a call option an equitable interest in land at Couran Cove. The option had a 3 year life. The 
option was secured by registered mortgage over land assets at Couran Cove subject to the option and additional land assets.  

The land which was the subject of the option has a development approval for 60 lots. The land is adjacent to the cabins already 
owned by the Group at Couran Cove. The option was exercisable individually for up to 60 lots during the option period. At the 
conclusion  of  the  three  year  term,  for  any  lots  for  which  an  option  had  not  been  exercised,  the  Group  was  to  receive  a 
settlement in cash. Settlement was to be based on the number of unexercised lots as a % of the 60 lots, applied to a $3.00 
million value. 

The option was acquired with effect from 31 December 2016 for $3.00 million and the nature of the asset at 30 June 2018 is 
an Other non-current asset which is measured at cost and tested for impairment.   

The  acquisition  of  the  option  described  above  for  $3.00  million  was  in  lieu  of  the  receipt  of  cash  for  the  settlement  of 
consultancy fees, trade and other loan amounts as disclosed in Note 6. 

48

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

48 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

The  Terranora units were transferred from investment property in 2016 and were recognised at the date of transfer at fair 

value which, as inventory, is considered deemed cost. During 2018, intention to sell the manager’s residence was formed.  

Therefore,  the  residence  was  transferred  from  investment  property  during  the  year  at  fair  value  ($400,000).  The  costs  of 

additional development are capitalised to the inventory as incurred.  

The Couran Cove units transferred from investment property during the year were  recognised at the date of transfer at fair 

value. The units were written down by $0.83 million during the year to a net realisable value of $2.00 million as a result of the 

post balance date transaction described in Note 34. Associated with the Couran Cove transaction the Group also incurred 

legal and other costs of $0.29 million. These costs combined with the unit write down  resulted in a total expense of $1.12 

Inventory is recorded at the lower of cost and net realisable value. The inventory is expected to be realised within 12 months 

This asset comprises the Lambert Village and two residential houses in Mt Gambier. A contract for the sale of Lambert Village 

in Mt Gambier was executed on 20 August 2018 for $1.10 million. In accordance with the terms of the contract, settlement is 

due on 30 November 2018. The two residential houses are expected to be realised within 12 months. 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

1,750 

1,750 

- 

- 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

- 

842 

627 

204 

781 

638 

1,469 

1,623 

1,237 

1,237 

3,000 

3,000 

million. 

via sales to third parties.  

8.   ASSETS HELD FOR SALE 

Current 

Assets held for sale 

9.  OTHER ASSETS 

Current 

Property Deposits 

Prepayments and other assets (ii) 

Bartercard (iii) 

Non-current 

Other (i) 

(i) Couran Cove Land Option 

Position at 30 June 2018  

The Group had acquired by way of a call option an equitable interest in land at Couran Cove. The option had a 3 year life. The 

option was secured by registered mortgage over land assets at Couran Cove subject to the option and additional land assets.  

The land which was the subject of the option has a development approval for 60 lots. The land is adjacent to the cabins already 

owned by the Group at Couran Cove. The option was exercisable individually for up to 60 lots during the option period. At the 

conclusion  of  the  three  year  term,  for  any  lots  for  which  an  option  had  not  been  exercised,  the  Group  was  to  receive  a 

settlement in cash. Settlement was to be based on the number of unexercised lots as a % of the 60 lots, applied to a $3.00 

million value. 

The option was acquired with effect from 31 December 2016 for $3.00 million and the nature of the asset at 30 June 2018 is 

an Other non-current asset which is measured at cost and tested for impairment.   

The  acquisition  of  the  option  described  above  for  $3.00  million  was  in  lieu  of  the  receipt  of  cash  for  the  settlement  of 

consultancy fees, trade and other loan amounts as disclosed in Note 6. 

As part of this transaction, the Group had also retained the upside potential of this asset by having been granted an entitlement 
right to 30% of the proceeds of the sale of certain Couran Cove management and infrastructure rights in 3 years by the current 
owner. 

Valuation at 30 June 2018  

The asset has been assessed for impairment at 30 June 2018, having regard to the post balance date transaction described 
in Note 34. The Group has considered the expected cash flows to be received from the asset and discounted these to their 
present value to determine the recoverable value of the asset. This has resulted in the value of the asset being written down 
to $1.24 million at 30 June 2018. This is an impairment charge of $1.76 million which has been recorded in the profit and loss 
at 30 June 2018. 

The significant assumptions made in the calculation of this amount are as follows. Any changes in these assumptions which 
are detrimental to the cash flow would cause further impairment. 

Input 
Sales price per lot 

Discount rate pre tax 
Expected time frame of realisation 

Position post 30 June 2018 

Assumption 
Selling price of between $50,000 and $45,000 less legal and 
other costs of realisation. 
35% 
Progressive settlements through to late 2022.  

Post 30 June 2018 the Group entered into amended agreements with respect to this asset. These details are disclosed in 
Note 34 to the financial statements. Under the terms of these amended agreements the Group has concluded the recorded 
value at 30 June 2018 of $1.24 million reflects the assets recoverable value. 

(ii) Amounts included relate to prepaid expenses, deposits for assets and other operational assets used in ordinary business 
activities. 

(iii)  Bartercard  is  an  alternative  currency  and  operates  as  a  trade  exchange.  Bartercard  is  a  subsidiary  of  ASX  listed 
IncentiaPay Ltd. EGH has utilised Bartercard over recent years. At  30 June 2018, the Bartercard balance is $0.63 million, 
which is recorded at cost. In addition, amounts of Bartercard have been advanced to suppliers in exchange for future supply 
of goods. These are recorded at the fair value of goods to be received and are disclosed in other assets $0.47 million and 
Investment Properties $0.75 million. EGH intends to utilise Barter in ongoing expenditure and receive part proceeds from sales 
of Terranora units already contracted.  

10. DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES 

Recognised in the Statement of Financial Position 

Deferred tax assets 

Tax losses 

Deferred tax liabilities 

Intangible assets 

Investment properties, property, plant and equipment 

Net (assessable) and deductible differences on sundry items 

Net deferred tax assets/liability opening balance adjustment  

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

4,330 

4,741 

- 

(5,049) 

719 

- 

- 

(4,528) 

(213) 

- 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

48 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

49 

49

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Not recognised in the Statement of Financial Position 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets 

Tax losses 

Net (assessable) and deductible differences on sundry items 

Net unrecognised deferred tax assets  

Reconciliation of Unrecognised tax balances 

Opening unrecognised amounts 

Recognition of temporary differences 

Recognition and use of tax losses 

Adjustment to prior period balances 

Total movement 

Closing balance 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

- 

4,205 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

- 

3,968 

3,968 

- 

(181) 

418 

237 

4,205 

6,589 

- 

(2,621) 

- 

(2,621) 

3,968 

The deductible temporary differences and tax losses do not expire under current tax legislation.  Deferred tax assets have not 
been recognised in respect of these items until it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the 
Group can utilise these benefits. The benefits of the Group’s recognised and unrecognised tax losses will only be realised if 
(a) The Group continues to meet the requirements of applicable tax laws to allow the losses to be carried forward and utilised; 
(b) the Group earns taxable income in future periods; and (c) Applicable tax laws are not changed, causing the losses to be 
unavailable. 

11. LOANS RECEIVABLE 

Loans – vendor finance 

Current 

Non-current 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

528 

528 

72 

456 

528 

577 

577 

76 

501 

577 

The Group acquired a loan book as part of the purchase of Elizabeth Vale Scenic Village Pty Ltd.  Security for the loan consists 
of a first ranking mortgage over the property to which the loan pertains.  

Vendor finance loans have maturity dates of between  5 and 8.1 years and interest is payable on these loans at a rate of 
between 5.50%-6.25%.  

50

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

50 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Not recognised in the Statement of Financial Position 

Unrecognised deferred tax assets 

Tax losses 

Net (assessable) and deductible differences on sundry items 

Net unrecognised deferred tax assets  

Reconciliation of Unrecognised tax balances 

Opening unrecognised amounts 

Recognition of temporary differences 

Recognition and use of tax losses 

Adjustment to prior period balances 

Total movement 

Closing balance 

unavailable. 

11. LOANS RECEIVABLE 

Loans – vendor finance 

Current 

Non-current 

$’000 

- 

4,205 

3,968 

- 

(181) 

418 

237 

4,205 

528 

528 

72 

456 

528 

$’000 

- 

3,968 

6,589 

- 

- 

(2,621) 

(2,621) 

3,968 

577 

577 

76 

501 

577 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

The deductible temporary differences and tax losses do not expire under current tax legislation.  Deferred tax assets have not 

been recognised in respect of these items until it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the 

Group can utilise these benefits. The benefits of the Group’s recognised and unrecognised tax losses will only be realised if 

(a) The Group continues to meet the requirements of applicable tax laws to allow the losses to be carried forward and utilised; 

(b) the Group earns taxable income in future periods; and (c) Applicable tax laws are not changed, causing the losses to be 

The Group acquired a loan book as part of the purchase of Elizabeth Vale Scenic Village Pty Ltd.  Security for the loan consists 

of a first ranking mortgage over the property to which the loan pertains.  

Vendor finance loans have maturity dates of between  5 and 8.1 years and interest is payable on these loans at a rate of 

between 5.50%-6.25%.  

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

12. INVESTMENT IN SUBSIDIARIES 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

Equity Holding 

Country of 
Incorporation 

30 June 2018 
% 

30 June 2017 
% 

Compton's Caboolture Pty Ltd 

Compton's Villages Australia Unit Trust 

Easy Living (Bundaberg) Unit Trust 

Easy Living Unit Trust 

ECG No. 1 Pty Ltd 

EGL Finance Pty Ltd 

Elizabeth Vale Scenic Village Pty Ltd 

Eureka Care Communities Pty Ltd 

Eureka Care Communities (Morphetville) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Care Communities (Mount Gambier) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Care Communities (Mount Gambier 2) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Care Communities (Mount Gambier 3) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Care Communities (Salisbury) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Care Communities (Wynnum) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Care Communities Unit Trust 

Eureka Cascade Gardens Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Albert Gardens) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Ayr) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Belgian Gardens) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Bowen) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Broken Hill) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Cairns) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Couran Cove) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Gladstone) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Lismore) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Margate) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Orange) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Southport) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Terranora) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Tivoli) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Cascade Gardens (Townsville) Pty Ltd 

Eureka Group Care Pty Ltd 

Eureka Property Pty Ltd  

Eureka Whitsunday Pty Ltd 

Fig Investments Pty Ltd 

Eureka Living Pty Ltd 

Rockham Two Pty Ltd 

Rockham Unit Trust 

SCV Leasing Pty Ltd  

SCV Manager Pty Ltd 

SCV No. 1 Pty Ltd 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia  

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia  

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

Australia 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

50 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

51 

51

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

There are no significant restrictions on the Company’s ability to access or use the assets and settle the liabilities of the Group.  

13. JOINT VENTURE INVESTMENT 

On 9 April 2018, the Group entered into a Joint Venture (JV) for a 50% interest in both Affordable Living Services Unit Trust 
and Affordable Living Unit Trust. The JV owns 5 retirement villages in Tasmania. The Group’s interest in the JV is accounted 
for using the equity method in the consolidated financial statements. The accounting policies adopted by the JV are consistent 
with the Group’s accounting policies. Summarised financial information of the  JV, based on management accounts, and a 
reconciliation with the carrying amount of the investment in the consolidated financial statements are set out below: 

Summarised statement of financial position of Affordable Living Services Unit Trust: 

Current assets, including cash and cash equivalents 

Non-current assets, including investment properties of $18.77 million 

Current liabilities, including long term borrowings of $0.30 million 

Non-current liabilities, including long term borrowings of $9.55 million 

Equity 

Group’s share in equity – 50% 

Group’s carrying amount of the investment 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

      497  

 18,776  

    (381)  

 (9,550)  

 9,342  

4,671 

4,671 

      -  

 -  

    -  

 -  

 -  

- 

- 

Summarised statement of profit or loss of Affordable Living Services Unit Trust: 

Revenue  

Cost of Sales 

Finance costs 

Profit before tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Group’s share of profit for the year 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

      807  

    (358)  

    (107)  

      342  

     -  

    - 

    -  

      -  

              -    

              -    

      342  

      342  

      171  

      -  

      -  

      -  

52

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

52 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

There are no significant restrictions on the Company’s ability to access or use the assets and settle the liabilities of the Group.  

Summarised statement of financial position of Affordable Living Unit Trust: 

13. JOINT VENTURE INVESTMENT 

On 9 April 2018, the Group entered into a Joint Venture (JV) for a 50% interest in both Affordable Living Services Unit Trust 

and Affordable Living Unit Trust. The JV owns 5 retirement villages in Tasmania. The Group’s interest in the JV is accounted 

for using the equity method in the consolidated financial statements. The accounting policies adopted by the JV are consistent 

with the Group’s accounting policies. Summarised financial information of the  JV, based on management accounts, and a 

reconciliation with the carrying amount of the investment in the consolidated financial statements are set out below: 

Summarised statement of financial position of Affordable Living Services Unit Trust: 

Current assets, including cash and cash equivalents 

Non-current assets, including investment properties of $18.77 million 

Current liabilities, including long term borrowings of $0.30 million 

Non-current liabilities, including long term borrowings of $9.55 million 

Equity 

Group’s share in equity – 50% 

Group’s carrying amount of the investment 

Summarised statement of profit or loss of Affordable Living Services Unit Trust: 

Revenue  

Cost of Sales 

Finance costs 

Profit before tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Group’s share of profit for the year 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

      497  

 18,776  

    (381)  

 (9,550)  

 9,342  

4,671 

4,671 

      807  

    (358)  

    (107)  

      342  

      342  

      342  

      171  

      -  

 -  

    -  

 -  

 -  

- 

- 

     -  

    - 

    -  

      -  

      -  

      -  

      -  

Current assets, including cash and cash equivalents 

Non-current assets, including investment properties 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Equity 

Group’s share in equity – 50% 

Group’s carrying amount of the investment 

Summarised statement of profit or loss of Affordable Living Unit Trust: 

Revenue  

Cost of Sales 

Finance costs 

Profit before tax 

Income tax expense 

Profit for the year 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Group’s share of profit for the year 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

14. INVESTMENT PROPERTY 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

    210  

 -  

            -    

            -    

  (208)  

  -  

            -    

            -    

        2  

      -  

1 

1 

- 

- 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

    102  

  (100)  

          -  

     2  

-  

  -  

          -  

     -  

              -    

              -    

      2  

      2  

      1  

      -  

      -  

      -  

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

              -    

              -    

Investment properties at fair value 

100,756 

100,666 

Movements in investment properties: 
Balance at beginning of reporting period  

Acquisitions 

Disposals 

Subsequent expenditure 

Transfer to inventory – Couran Cove cabins 

Transfer to inventory – Terranora Manager’s residence 

Transfer to assets held for sale 

Net increment/(decrement) due to fair value adjustment 

Balance at end of reporting period 

100,666 

6,257 

(791) 

3,104 

(2,747) 

(400) 

(3,894) 

(1,439) 

100,756 

86,472 

9,029 

(171) 

4,290 

- 

- 

- 

1,046 

100,666 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

52 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

53 

53

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

The Group’s investment properties are shown individually in the table below. The investments consist of twenty six retirement 
village assets along with associated manager’s units and other rental units.  The Group considers their investments reside in 
one class of asset – Seniors Rental Villages. 

Independent valuations have been received during the current period for 36% of the portfolio. At 30 June 2018, the Group 
undertook a review of the fair value of all investment properties held and as shown in the table above, recorded a decrement 
due to fair value adjustment. This adjustment related to all assets in the asset class and was based on inputs and assumptions 
disclosed in Note 23. 

The net change in fair value is recognised in profit or loss as net gain/(loss) on change in fair value of investment properties. 

Fair value hierarchy disclosures for investment properties have been provided in Note 23. 

Amounts recognised in profit or loss for investment properties: 

Rental income 

Direct operating expenses generating rental income 

Net gain/(loss) revaluation of investment property to fair value 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

15,674 

(9,596) 

(1,439) 

14,826 

(10,630) 

1,046 

The Group has no restrictions on the realisability of its investment properties and no contractual obligations to either purchase, 
construct  or  develop  investment  properties  or  for  repairs,  maintenance  and  enhancements.  Certain  assets  are  however 
pledged as security for borrowings – Refer to Note 19(a). 

Details of investment properties are as follows: 

Property 

Location 

Acquisition 
date 

Carrying 
amount 

Carrying 
amount 

 30 Jun 18 

30 Jun 17 

$’000 

$’000 

Koinonia Village 

Ayr QLD 

Aug-17 

         1,245  

92 Primrose Street Belgian Gardens 

Belgian Gardens QLD 

Jun-16 

         1,364  

61 Marana Street Bilambil Heights 

Bilambil Heights NSW 

Dec-15 

         2,300  

Bowen Village 

Broken Hill Village 

Avenell Village on Vasey Bundaberg 

Lot 21 134-136 King Street Caboolture 

Bowen QLD 

Dec-15 

         1,523  

Broken Hill NSW 

Dec-16 

         1,979  

Bundaberg QLD 

Caboolture QLD 

Oct-14 

         5,250  

Sep-12 

                -    

Lot 43 134-136 King Street Caboolture (manager’s unit) 

Caboolture QLD 

May-14 

            268  

53 & 54 134 King Street Caboolture (manager’s unit) 

Caboolture QLD 

Jan-15 

                -    

80 134-136 King Street Caboolture (manager’s unit) 

Caboolture QLD 

Jan-15 

            265  

Cascade Gardens Cairns 

Cairns QLD 

Jul-14 

         4,610  

Lot 51 Christie Downs Community Centre (manager’s unit)  Christie Downs SA 

Dec-14 

            299  

Elizabeth Vale Scenic Village 1 

Elizabeth Vale Scenic Village 2 

Rockhampton Village 1 

Rockhampton Village 2 

15/8 Wicks Street, New Auckland 

Freshwater villas 

Lot 49 Hackham Community Centre (manager’s unit) 

Hackham SA 

Lot 97 144 Main South Road Hackham 

33 Mardross Court Lavington 

Hackham SA 

Lavington NSW 

54

Elizabeth Vale SA 

Oct-14 

         5,237  

Elizabeth Vale SA 

Apr-15 

         4,350  

Frenchville QLD 

Frenchville QLD 

Gladstone QLD 

Gympie QLD 

Oct-15 

         3,054  

Dec-15 

         5,485  

Sept-16 

               50  

Jul-17 

         4,367  

Oct-14 

            266  

May-15 

            285  

Jun-15 

         4,034  

3,457 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

54 

- 

1,000 

2,700 

1,434 

1,990 

4,988 

70 

268 

140 

265 

4,952 

260 

4,693 

3,900 

3,201 

5,674 

50 

- 

294 

294 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Property 

Lismore Village 

Cascade Gardens Mackay 

176 Victoria Street Mackay 

43 Macdonnell Court Margate 

344 San Mateo Avenue Mildura 

Lambert Village 

10 Wyatt Street 

Mt Gambier 2 Retirement Village 

Amber Lodge 

Location 

Lismore NSW 

Mackay QLD 

Mackay QLD 

Margate QLD 

Mildura VIC 

Mt Gambier SA 

Mt Gambier SA 

Mt Gambier SA 

Carrying 
amount 

Carrying 
amount 

 30 Jun 18 

30 Jun 17 

$’000 

$’000 

Acquisition 
date 

May-15 

         5,000  

Apr-14 

         8,493  

Mar-17 

                -    

Jun-16 

         4,187  

Jun-15 

         4,052  

Sept-15 

                -    

Aug-16 

                -    

Dec-15 

         3,830  

4,751 

7,897 

547 

3,900 

3,352 

2,408 

350 

3,862 

2,593 

5,599 

4,527 

3,868 

Albert Street Gardens Village 

Orange NSW 

Sept-16 

         5,318  

Alexam Place 

Salisbury East SA 

Feb-16 

         3,656  

60 Poplar Avenue Shepparton 

Shepparton VIC 

Jun-15 

         4,138  

Morphettville SA 

Jun-16 

                -    

7 Meron Street Southport 

Couran Cove 

Southport QLD 

South Stradbroke 
Island QLD 

Jun-16 

4,219    

4,190 

Jun-16 

- 

2,747 

Lot 6,8,9,20,21&22 56A Moores Pocket Road Tivoli 

Tivoli QLD 

Mar-15 

            535  

Galilee Lodge 

Myall Place Retirement Village 

40 Federation Street Wynnum 

Investment Property Enhancements  

Townsville QLD 

Aug-17 

            917  

Whyalla SA 

Wynnum QLD 

In Progress 

Jan-15 

         4,340  

Oct-15 

         5,090  

June-17 

            750  

535 

- 

4,013 

5,147 

750 

100,756 

100,666 

15. PROPERTY, PLANT & EQUIPMENT 

Buildings at cost 

Accumulated depreciation 

Plant & equipment at cost 

Accumulated depreciation 

Motor Vehicles at cost 

Accumulated depreciation 

Total property, plant & equipment 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

625 

(191) 

434 

345 

(134) 

211 

54 

(17) 

37 

682 

625 

(174) 

451 

1,973 

(827) 

1,146 

88 

(20) 

68 

1,665 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

55 

55

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
              
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

Reconciliation of movements in property, plant & equipment: 

Opening balance at 1 July 2016 

Additions at cost  

Depreciation expense 

Closing balance at 30 June 2017  

Opening balance at 1 July 2017 

Additions at cost  

Disposals 

Depreciation expense 
Closing balance at 30 June 2018 

16. INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Management rights – at cost 
Accumulated amortisation 

Carrying amount of management rights 

Rent rolls – at cost 
Accumulated amortisation 

Carrying amount of rent rolls 

Other intangibles – at cost 
Accumulated amortisation 

Carrying amount of other intangibles 

Goodwill 

Total intangible assets 

Buildings 
$’000 

Plant & 
Equipment 
$’000 

Motor 
Vehicle 
$’000 

Total 
$’000 

466 

2 

(17) 

451 

451 

- 

- 

(17) 

434 

687 

560 

(101) 

1,146 

1,146 

35 

(890) 

(80) 

211 

79 

- 

(11) 

68 

68 

- 

(17) 

(14) 

37 

1,232 

562 

(129) 

1,665 

1,665 

35 

(907) 

(111) 

682 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

4,695 
(1,258) 

3,437 

4,682 
(1,211) 

3,471 

140 
(42) 

98 

577 
(32) 

545 

140 
(38) 

102 

830 
(31) 

799 

1,955 

1,955 

6,035 

6,327 

The  Group’s  primary  business  activity  is  the  management  (through  management  rights  agreements)  of  senior’s  rental 
accommodation  throughout  Australia.  The  Group’s  primary  intangible  assets  are  management  rights  and  goodwill.  These 
intangible  assets,  although  separately  classified  per  accounting  standard  requirements,  all  relate  to  the  management  of 
senior’s accommodation. Their separate categorisation has arisen from acquisitions.  

During the prior period, the Group also acquired certain trading and operating licences with investment property. These are 
included  in  other  intangibles.  These  assets  are  not  amortised  as  their  term  is  not  limited  and  there  is  no  expectation  the 
licences will be cancelled. 

56

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

56 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Reconciliation of movements in property, plant & equipment: 

Impairment tests for Goodwill 

Opening balance at 1 July 2016 

Additions at cost  

Depreciation expense 

Closing balance at 30 June 2017  

Opening balance at 1 July 2017 

Additions at cost  

Disposals 

Depreciation expense 

Closing balance at 30 June 2018 

16. INTANGIBLE ASSETS 

Management rights – at cost 

Accumulated amortisation 

Carrying amount of management rights 

Rent rolls – at cost 

Accumulated amortisation 

Carrying amount of rent rolls 

Other intangibles – at cost 

Accumulated amortisation 

Carrying amount of other intangibles 

Goodwill 

Total intangible assets 

Buildings 

$’000 

Plant & 

Equipment 

$’000 

Motor 

Vehicle 

$’000 

Total 

$’000 

466 

2 

(17) 

451 

451 

- 

- 

(17) 

434 

687 

560 

(101) 

1,146 

1,146 

35 

(890) 

(80) 

211 

79 

- 

(11) 

68 

68 

- 

(17) 

(14) 

37 

1,232 

562 

(129) 

1,665 

1,665 

35 

(907) 

(111) 

682 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

4,695 

(1,258) 

3,437 

4,682 

(1,211) 

3,471 

140 

(42) 

98 

577 

(32) 

545 

140 

(38) 

102 

830 

(31) 

799 

1,955 

1,955 

6,035 

6,327 

Goodwill is monitored by the Board of Directors (who are identified as the chief operating decision makers) based on the share 
of results of the owner operators’ net profit of the villages that EGH manages, less any overhead  costs attributable to the 
management of these villages. Goodwill has been allocated to the property management cash generating unit. 

The  Group  tests  whether  goodwill  has  suffered  any  impairment  on  an  annual  basis.  The  recoverable  amount  of  a  cash 
generating unit (CGU) is determined based on value-in-use calculations which require the use of assumptions.  

The calculations use cash flow projections based on financial budgets covering a five-year period. Cash flows beyond the five-
year period are extrapolated using an estimated long term growth rate.  

Key  assumptions  are  those  to  which  the  recoverable  amount  of  an  asset  or  cash-generating  units  is  most  sensitive.  The 
following key assumptions were used in the discounted cash flow model: 

• 

• 
• 
• 
• 

cash flows were projected over a five year period by applying a 2% growth rate (2017: 2%) to the most recent 
years’ cash flows;  
the terminal value was calculated using a growth rate of 2% (2017: 2%); 
cash flows have been discounted using a pre-tax discount rate of 15% (2017: 15%); 
cash flows do not take into account the management of any new villages; and 
cash flows are based on historical results. 

The 2% growth rate for the projected cash flow is considered conservative when compared with the business activities over 
the previous 12 months.  

Reconciliation of movements in intangible assets: 

Management 
Rights 
$’000 

Rent 
Rolls 
$’000 

Goodwill 
$’000 

Other 
intangibles 
$’000 

Total 
$’000 

Opening balance at 1 July 2016 

3,548 

105 

1,955 

Additions at cost 

Transfer to/from assets held for sale 

Amortisation expense 

Closing balance at 30 June 2017 

60 

- 

(137) 

3,471 

- 

- 

(3) 

102 

- 

- 

- 

1,955 

Opening balance at 1 July 2017 

3,471 

102 

1,955 

Additions at cost 

Disposals 

Amortisation expense 

Closing balance at 30 June 2018 

100 

- 

(134) 

3,437 

- 

- 

(4) 

98 

- 

- 

- 

1,955 

12 

789 

- 

(2) 

799 

799 

- 

(252) 

(2) 

545 

5,620 

849 

- 

(142) 

6,327 

6,327 

100 

(252) 

(140) 

6,035 

The remaining amortisation period on a weighted average basis of the management rights are 21 years (2017: 22 years). 

The  Group’s  primary  business  activity  is  the  management  (through  management  rights  agreements)  of  senior’s  rental 

accommodation  throughout  Australia.  The  Group’s  primary  intangible  assets  are  management  rights  and  goodwill.  These 

intangible  assets,  although  separately  classified  per  accounting  standard  requirements,  all  relate  to  the  management  of 

senior’s accommodation. Their separate categorisation has arisen from acquisitions.  

During the prior period, the Group also acquired certain trading and operating licences with investment property. These are 

included  in  other  intangibles.  These  assets  are  not  amortised  as  their  term  is  not  limited  and  there  is  no  expectation  the 

licences will be cancelled. 

17. TRADE & OTHER PAYABLES 

Trade creditors and accruals 
Retirement Village Resident Loans1 
Acquisition related accruals 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

2,255 
96 
358 

2,709 

1,625 
928 
107 

2,660 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

56 

The carrying amounts of trade and other payables are considered to be the same as their fair value, due to their short 
term nature. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

57 

57

1 Movements from 30 June 2017 represents payments made to residents. 

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

18. PROVISIONS 

Current 
Employee benefits 

    Non-current 

Employee benefits 

19. OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES 

Current 

Commercial bills – secured  

Insurance funding 

Finance lease 

Motor vehicle loan 

Non-current 

Commercial bills – secured 

Finance lease 

Consolidated 

  30 June 2018 

$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

263 
263 

145 

145 

289 
289 

145 

145 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

(a) 

(a) 

17 

144 

1 

1 

163 

55,320 

- 

55,320 

1,538 

- 

8 

8 

1,554 

49,018 

1 

49,019 

(a)  Commercial bills and advances 

 Terms and conditions – 30 June 2018 

As at 30 June 2018, the Group has access to the following facilities: 

National Australia Bank (“NAB”): 

During the period, NAB borrowings were consolidated and at year end comprises of two facilities: 

• 

• 

Facility 1 – maximum limit of $24,500,000. At 30 June 2018, $19,074,000 had been drawn on the facility. The 
facility limit to 29 September 2018 is $24,500,000 and $20,000,000 to 31 December 2019. The reduction of 
the facility limit does not require the repayment of any drawn debt within 12 months of 30 June 2018. Interest 
is payable at a variable rate on this facility (currently 4.31%). 

Facility 2 – maximum limit of $35,000,000. Expires on 31 December 2021. Monthly interest only repayment. 
Interest on this facility has been fixed until 31 December 2021. Interest is payable at the rate of 4.97%. 

At 30 June 2018, total drawings on the facility were $54,074,000. 

Westpac Banking Corporation (“Westpac”): 

•  Commercial bill – secured fully drawn limit of $1,762,500. Expires on 29 November 2019. Interest is payable at a 

variable rate on this facility (currently 5.44%). 

The NAB facilities and the Westpac commercial bill liabilities are secured against a certain amount of the Group’s 
investment property asset. The total amount of security provided at 30 June 2018 was $100,756,000. This value represents 
the fair value of assets pledged based on the carrying values recorded by the Group at 30 June 2018. 

Commercial bill facilities are subject to covenants which are commensurate with normal secured lending terms. 

58

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

58 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

18. PROVISIONS 

Current 

Employee benefits 

    Non-current 

Employee benefits 

19. OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES 

Current 

Commercial bills – secured  

Insurance funding 

Finance lease 

Motor vehicle loan 

Non-current 

Commercial bills – secured 

Finance lease 

Consolidated 

  30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

263 

263 

145 

145 

289 

289 

145 

145 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

(a) 

(a) 

17 

144 

1 

1 

163 

55,320 

- 

55,320 

1,538 

- 

8 

8 

1,554 

49,018 

1 

49,019 

(a)  Commercial bills and advances 

 Terms and conditions – 30 June 2018 

As at 30 June 2018, the Group has access to the following facilities: 

National Australia Bank (“NAB”): 

During the period, NAB borrowings were consolidated and at year end comprises of two facilities: 

Facility 1 – maximum limit of $24,500,000. At 30 June 2018, $19,074,000 had been drawn on the facility. The 

facility limit to 29 September 2018 is $24,500,000 and $20,000,000 to 31 December 2019. The reduction of 

the facility limit does not require the repayment of any drawn debt within 12 months of 30 June 2018. Interest 

is payable at a variable rate on this facility (currently 4.31%). 

• 

• 

At 30 June 2018, total drawings on the facility were $54,074,000. 

Westpac Banking Corporation (“Westpac”): 

•  Commercial bill – secured fully drawn limit of $1,762,500. Expires on 29 November 2019. Interest is payable at a 

variable rate on this facility (currently 5.44%). 

The NAB facilities and the Westpac commercial bill liabilities are secured against a certain amount of the Group’s 

investment property asset. The total amount of security provided at 30 June 2018 was $100,756,000. This value represents 

the fair value of assets pledged based on the carrying values recorded by the Group at 30 June 2018. 

Commercial bill facilities are subject to covenants which are commensurate with normal secured lending terms. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

58 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

As at 30 June 2018, the Group had the following banking covenants with NAB: 

• 
• 
• 

• 

The Debt Service Cover Ratio for the Group must not be less than or equal to 2.5:1. 
The Gearing Ratio for the Group must be less than 50%. 
The LVR must not exceed 55% up to and including 31 March 2018, 57.5% from 1 April 2018 to 29 September 
2018 and 55% from 30 September 2018 onwards. 
The Dividend Payout Amount for the financial year must not exceed 100% of the Net Profit After Tax for the 
Group for that Financial Year. 

The Group complied with its covenants through 30 June 2018. 

Terms and conditions – 30 June 2017 

As at 30 June 2017, the Group has access to the following commercial bill facilities: 

National Australia Bank (“NAB”): 

During the period, NAB borrowings were consolidated and now comprises of two facilities: 

• 

• 

Facility 1 – maximum limit of $20,000,000. Interest rates vary for each loan component within the facility limit.  

Facility 2 – maximum limit of $35,000,000. Interest rates vary for each loan component within the facility limit.  

Applicable interest rates on the drawn facilities are provided below: 

•  Commercial bill – secured fully drawn limit $16,700,000. Expires on 31 December 2019. Monthly interest only 
repayment. Interest on this facility has been fixed until 31 December 2019. Interest is payable at the rate of 
4.99%. 

•  Commercial bill – secured fully drawn limit of $2,525,000.  Expires on 31 December 2021. Monthly interest 

only repayment. Interest is payable at a variable rate on this facility (currently 4.05%). 

•  Commercial bill – secured fully drawn limit of $3,700,000. Expires on 31 August 2020. Monthly interest only 

repayment. Interest is payable at a fixed rate of 4.85%. 

•  Commercial bill – secured fully drawn limit of $3,000,000. Expires on 31 August 2020. Monthly interest only 
repayment. Interest is payable at a fixed rate of 4.95% on $2,500,000 and variable rate of $4.47% on $500,000. 
•  Commercial bill – secured fully drawn limit of $6,500,000. Expires on 31 August 2020. Monthly interest only 

repayment. Interest is payable at a fixed rate on this facility of 4.97%. 

•  Commercial bill  – secured fully drawn limit of $2,800,000. Expires on 31 December 2018. Monthly interest 

only repayment. Interest is payable at a variable rate on this facility (currently 4.07%). 

•  Commercial bill  – secured fully drawn limit of $2,461,250. Expires on 31 December 2018. Monthly interest 

only repayment. Interest is payable at a variable rate on this facility (currently 4.05%).  

•  Commercial bill  – secured fully drawn limit of $6,550,000.  Expires on 31 December 2018. Monthly interest 

only repayment. Interest is payable at a variable rate on this facility (currently 4.01%).  

•  Commercial bill  – secured fully drawn limit of $3,050,000. Expires on 31 December 2021. Monthly interest 

only repayment. Interest is payable at a variable rate on this facility (currently 4.05%).  

•  Commercial bill  – secured fully drawn limit of $2,169,000. Expires on 31 December 2018. Monthly interest 

only repayment. Interest is payable at a variable rate on this facility (currently 4.05%).  

Facility 2 – maximum limit of $35,000,000. Expires on 31 December 2021. Monthly interest only repayment. 

Interest on this facility has been fixed until 31 December 2021. Interest is payable at the rate of 4.97%. 

Westpac Banking Corporation (“Westpac”): 

At 30 June 2017, total drawings on the facility were $49,455,250.   

• 

Commercial bill – secured fully drawn limit of $1,500,000. Expires on 31 December 2017. Monthly repayment of 
$100,000 per month. Interest is payable at a variable rate on this facility (currently 5.1%). 

The  commercial  bill  liabilities  are  secured  against  a  certain  amount  of  the  Group’s  investment  property  assets.  The  total 
amount of security provided at 30 June 2017 was $100,666,155. This value represents the fair value of assets pledged based 
on the carrying values recorded by the Group at 30 June 2017. 

Commercial bill facilities are subject to covenants which are commensurate with normal secured lending terms. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

59 

59

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

As at 30 June 2017, the Group had the following banking covenants with NAB: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

The Debt Service Cover Ratio for the Group must not be less than or equal to 2.5:1. 
The Gearing Ratio for the Group must be less than 50%. 
The LVR must not exceed 57% upto and including 30 March 2017 or 55% 31 March 2017 onwards. 
The Dividend Payout Amount for the financial year must not exceed 100% of the Net Profit After Tax for the Group for 
that Financial Year. 

The Group complied with its covenants through 30 June 2017.  

20. SHARE CAPITAL 

Ordinary shares 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and proceeds on winding up of the Company in proportion to the 
number of and amounts paid on the shares held.  On a show of hands every holder of ordinary shares present at a meeting 
in person or by proxy is entitled to one vote, and on a poll, each share is entitled to one vote. 

Ordinary shares have no par value and the company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital. 

Balance at start of year 
Shares issued at $0.273 for acquisition of management 
rights 
Shares issued at $0.75 for cash 

Shares bought back during the period 

Capital raising costs 

On issue at end of the year 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
Number 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
Number 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

229,671,923 

94,255 

225,784,473 

90,860 

365,715 

- 

- 

- 

100 

- 

- 

(3) 

- 

5,263,400 

(1,375,950) 

- 

- 

3,948 

(523) 

(30) 

230,037,638 

94,352 

229,671,923 

94,255 

Share Buy Back 
The Company extended the share buy back period for a further 1 year from 16 March 2018. No ordinary shares had been 
cancelled during the financial year (from share buy back 2017: 1,375,950). 

Equity Reserves 

Share based payments 
The share-based payment reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to 
employees, including key management personnel, as part of their remuneration. Refer to Note 26 for further details of these 
plans. 

As at 1 July 2016 

Share-based payments expense during the year 

At 30 June 2017 

Share-based payments expense during the year 

At 30 June 2018 

Share based 
payments 

$000 

- 

- 

- 

12 

12 

60

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

60 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

• 

• 

• 

• 

The Debt Service Cover Ratio for the Group must not be less than or equal to 2.5:1. 

The Gearing Ratio for the Group must be less than 50%. 

The LVR must not exceed 57% upto and including 30 March 2017 or 55% 31 March 2017 onwards. 

The Dividend Payout Amount for the financial year must not exceed 100% of the Net Profit After Tax for the Group for 

that Financial Year. 

The Group complied with its covenants through 30 June 2017.  

20. SHARE CAPITAL 

Ordinary shares 

Ordinary shares entitle the holder to participate in dividends and proceeds on winding up of the Company in proportion to the 

number of and amounts paid on the shares held.  On a show of hands every holder of ordinary shares present at a meeting 

in person or by proxy is entitled to one vote, and on a poll, each share is entitled to one vote. 

Ordinary shares have no par value and the company does not have a limited amount of authorised capital. 

Balance at start of year 

229,671,923 

94,255 

225,784,473 

90,860 

Shares issued at $0.273 for acquisition of management 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

30 June 2017 

Number 

$’000 

Number 

$’000 

Consolidated 

365,715 

- 

- 

- 

100 

- 

- 

(3) 

5,263,400 

(1,375,950) 

- 

- 

- 

3,948 

(523) 

(30) 

230,037,638 

94,352 

229,671,923 

94,255 

The Company extended the share buy back period for a further 1 year from 16 March 2018. No ordinary shares had been 

cancelled during the financial year (from share buy back 2017: 1,375,950). 

rights 

Shares issued at $0.75 for cash 

Shares bought back during the period 

Capital raising costs 

On issue at end of the year 

Share Buy Back 

Equity Reserves 

Share based payments 

plans. 

The share-based payment reserve is used to recognise the value of equity-settled share-based payments provided to 

employees, including key management personnel, as part of their remuneration. Refer to Note 26 for further details of these 

Share-based payments expense during the year 

Share-based payments expense during the year 

As at 1 July 2016 

At 30 June 2017 

At 30 June 2018 

As at 30 June 2017, the Group had the following banking covenants with NAB: 

21. CASH FLOW INFORMATION 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

(a) Reconciliation of cash 

 Cash at bank and on hand  

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

1,986 

4,395 

(b) Reconciliation of profit/(loss) for the year to net cash flow from operating activities 

Profit/(loss) for the year 

Depreciation and amortisation 

Couran Cove inventory write down and transaction costs 

Couran Cove land option write down 

(Gain)/Loss on revaluation – investment properties and other assets 

Share of profit of joint venture 

(Gain)/loss on sale of investment property 

(Gain)/loss on sale of management rights and managers units 
(Gain)/loss on sale of gaming licenses 

Non-cash cost of sale purchases 

(Increase)/decrease in: 

   - Trade and other receivables 
   - Inventories 

   - Other current assets 

   - Other capital reserves 

Increase/(decrease) in: 

   - Trade and other payables 

   - Provisions 

   - Other financial liabilities 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

(276) 

251 

1,124 

1,763 

1,692 

(172) 

(501) 

17 

(60) 

4 

648 

(1,634) 

(81) 

(12) 

55 

(26) 

144 

6,538 

271 

- 

- 

(1,046) 

- 

- 

10 

- 

- 

36 

(1,372) 

(725) 

- 

112 

249 

- 

Share based 

payments 

$000 

- 

- 

- 

12 

12 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

60 

Net cash flow from/(used in) operating activities 

2,936 

4,073 

(c) Non-cash investing and financing activities 

During the year, the Group acquired goods and services of $63,694 with Bartercard dollars. 

In the prior financial year, the Group  exchanged Bartercard dollars for $1.19 million of property, plant and equipment and 
investment property improvements. Refer to Note 9 for details.  

22. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS 

Overall policy 

The Board of Directors have overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the risk management framework. The 
Board  of  Directors  are  responsible  for  developing  and  monitoring  risk  management  policy.  Risk  management  policy  is  to 
identify and analyse the risks faced by the entity, to set limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. Risk 
management policy and systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in market conditions and Group’s activities. The  
Group aims to develop a disciplined and constructive control environment in which all employees understand their roles and 
obligations. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

61 

61

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

a) Credit risk 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the  Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 
contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and amounts due from the senior 
independent living communities in accordance with management agreements in place. 

Credit risk arises principally from the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, receivables and other loans. 

Maximum exposure to credit risk 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Loans receivable 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

1,986 

2,402 

528 

4,916 

4,395 

2,632 

577 

7,604 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Deposits of cash are only held with approved banks and financial institutions. The Group predominantly banks with National 
Australia Bank. 

Trade and other receivables 
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristic of each customer or resident.  The 
Group has a diverse range of customers and residents and therefore there is no significant concentration of credit risk 1 with 
any single counterparty or group of counterparties. 

The Directors have established a credit policy under which each new customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness 
before the Group does business with them.  The Group monitors and follows-up its accounts receivable to ensure collections 
are being made promptly in accordance with contractual terms and conditions and actively pursues amounts past due.  

Where applicable, an allowance for impairment has been made, that represents the estimate of impairment losses in respect 
to trade and other receivables.  The Group has no concentrations of credit risk that have not been provided for. A significant 
component of trade debtors that are past due and greater than 90 days ageing are either on a payment plan or considered 
recoverable. The Group has not provided for the remaining amounts past due as management believes these amounts will 
be received.   

The ageing of trade receivables and other receivables at the reporting date was: 

Due 0-30 days 
Past due 30-60 days 
Past due 60-90 days 
Past due 90 + days 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

Gross amount 
receivable 
$’000 

Provision for 
Impairment 
$’000 

Gross amount 
receivable 
$’000 

Provision for 
Impairment 
$’000 

2,393 
- 
1 
8 
2,402 

(176) 
- 
- 
- 
(176) 

2,455 
11 
7 
248 
2,721 

- 
- 
- 
(89) 
(89) 

1 Refer Note 6 and 34 for a discussion on Couran Cove receivable. 

62

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

62 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

a) Credit risk 

Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the  Group if a customer or counterparty to a financial instrument fails to meet its 

contractual obligations, and arises principally from the Group’s receivables from customers and amounts due from the senior 

independent living communities in accordance with management agreements in place. 

Credit risk arises principally from the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, receivables and other loans. 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Loans receivable 
The Group’s exposure to credit risk is limited to the vendor finance book balance which was part of the acquisition of Elizabeth 
Vale Scenic Village Pty Ltd during the prior year. The loan book consists of 10 individual loan contracts. The Group manages 
the units which are being held as security for the loans. Repayments are received monthly in accordance with the individual 
contracts or alternative agreed arrangements in place. 

Where applicable, an allowance for impairment has been made, that represents the estimate of impairment losses in respect 
to the loans receivable.  The Group has no concentrations of credit risk that have not been provided for.  

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

1,986 

2,402 

528 

4,916 

4,395 

2,632 

577 

7,604 

Loans receivable 

Current 

Non-current 

Consolidated 
30 June 2018 

Gross amount 
receivable 
$’000 

Provision for 
Impairment 
$’000 

72 

456 

528 

- 

- 

- 

Refer to Notes 6, 9 and 34 with respect to loans and options related to Couran Cove.  

b) Liquidity risk 

Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations as they fall due. The Group’s approach 
to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due. 
This process involves the review and updating of cash flow forecasts and, when necessary, the obtaining of credit standby 
arrangements and loan facilities.  

There were unused borrowing facilities of $5,426,000 at the reporting date. 

The tables below shows the Group’s financial liabilities classified into relevant maturity groupings based on their contractual 
maturities. 

30 June 2018 

Trade and other payables 
Commercial bills 1  

Other financial liabilities 

Total 

30 June 2017 

Trade and other payables 
Commercial bills 1 

Other financial liabilities 

Total 

Contractual 
cash flows 
$’000 

Less than 6 
months 
$’000 

Consolidated 
6 - 12 
months 
$’000 

1 – 2 years 
$’000 

More than 2 
years 
$’000 

2,255 

63,310 

2 

65,567 

2,255 

1,345 

2 

3,602 

- 

- 

- 

1,329 

23,027 

37,609 

- 

- 

- 

1,329 

23,027 

37,609 

Contractual 
cash flows 
$’000 

Less than 6 
months 
$’000 

Consolidated 
6 - 12 
months 
$’000 

2,660 

57,256 

18 

59,934 

2,660 

2,937 

11 

5,608 

- 

1,136 

6 

1,142 

1 – 2 years 
$’000 

More than 2 
years 
$’000 

- 

- 

13,801 

39,382 

1 

- 

13,802 

39,382 

1 This amount includes estimated interest during the contractual period. 

c) Market risk 

Market risk is the risk that changes in market prices such as interest rates will affect the  Group’s income or the value of its 
holdings of financial instruments. The objective of market risk management is to manage and control market risk exposures 
within acceptable parameters, while optimising the return. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

62 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

63 

63

Maximum exposure to credit risk 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Trade and other receivables 

Loans receivable 

Cash and cash equivalents 

Australia Bank. 

Trade and other receivables 

Deposits of cash are only held with approved banks and financial institutions. The Group predominantly banks with National 

The Group’s exposure to credit risk is influenced mainly by the individual characteristic of each customer or resident.  The 

Group has a diverse range of customers and residents and therefore there is no significant concentration of credit risk 1 with 

any single counterparty or group of counterparties. 

The Directors have established a credit policy under which each new customer is analysed individually for creditworthiness 

before the Group does business with them.  The Group monitors and follows-up its accounts receivable to ensure collections 

are being made promptly in accordance with contractual terms and conditions and actively pursues amounts past due.  

Where applicable, an allowance for impairment has been made, that represents the estimate of impairment losses in respect 

to trade and other receivables.  The Group has no concentrations of credit risk that have not been provided for. A significant 

component of trade debtors that are past due and greater than 90 days ageing are either on a payment plan or considered 

recoverable. The Group has not provided for the remaining amounts past due as management believes these amounts will 

be received.   

The ageing of trade receivables and other receivables at the reporting date was: 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

Gross amount 

Provision for 

Gross amount 

Provision for 

receivable 

Impairment 

receivable 

Impairment 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

$’000 

2,393 

(176) 

- 

1 

8 

- 

- 

- 

2,402 

(176) 

2,455 

11 

7 

248 

2,721 

- 

- 

- 

(89) 

(89) 

Due 0-30 days 

Past due 30-60 days 

Past due 60-90 days 

Past due 90 + days 

1 Refer Note 6 and 34 for a discussion on Couran Cove receivable. 

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

d) Interest rate risk 

The Group’s exposure to market interest rates arises from long term borrowings in the form of Commercial Bills. Borrowings 
issued at variable rates expose the Group to interest rate risk. $20,836,500 of the commercial bills are at variable rates while 
$35,000,000 is fixed (refer to Note 19). The variable portion of the debt does not expose the Group to any material interest 
rate risk. 

The Group constantly analyses its interest rate exposure. Within this analysis, consideration is given to potential renewals of 
existing positions, alternative financing, alternate hedging positions and the mix of fixed and variable interest rates. 

23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  

Fair value hierarchy 
Investment properties and retirement village resident loans are measured at fair value, using a three level hierarchy, based 
on the lowest level of input that is significant to the entire fair value measurement, being: 

• 

• 

• 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at 
the measurement date 
Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 
directly or indirectly 
Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability 

There were no transfers between levels during the financial year. The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and transfers 
out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting period. 

The carrying amounts of  trade and other receivables and trade and other payables are assumed to approximate their fair 
values due to their short-term nature. 

Fair value of financial instruments (unrecognised) 
The  Group  has a  number of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  (loans  receivable  and commercial  bills)  which  are not 
measured  at  fair  value  in  the  statement  of  financial  position.    The  fair  values  are  not  materially  different  to  their  carrying 
amounts, since the  interest  receivable/payable is  either close  to  current market  rates or  the  instruments  are  short-term  in 
nature, and therefore have not been disclosed. Refer to Note 9 for details regarding the fair value and impairment assessment 
of amounts related to Couran Cove Land Options. These are not shown in the table below. 

Level 1 
$'000 

Level 2 
$'000 

Level 3 
$'000 

Total 
$'000 

Consolidated – 2018  

Assets 
Investment properties 
Total assets 

Liabilities 
Retirement Village Resident Loans 
Total liabilities 

Consolidated – 2017 

Assets 
Investment properties 
Total assets 

Liabilities 
Retirement Village Resident Loans 
Total liabilities 

-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   

100,756   
100,756   

100,756 
100,756 

96   
96   

96 
96 

100,666   
100,666   

100,666 
100,666 

928   
928   

928 
928 

Valuation techniques for fair value measurements categorised within level 2 and level 3 
At the end of each reporting period, the directors update their assessment of the fair value of each property, taking into account 
the most recent independent valuations. The directors determine a property’s value within a range of reasonable fair value 
estimates. 

64

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

64 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

d) Interest rate risk 

rate risk. 

The Group’s exposure to market interest rates arises from long term borrowings in the form of Commercial Bills. Borrowings 

issued at variable rates expose the Group to interest rate risk. $20,836,500 of the commercial bills are at variable rates while 

$35,000,000 is fixed (refer to Note 19). The variable portion of the debt does not expose the Group to any material interest 

The Group constantly analyses its interest rate exposure. Within this analysis, consideration is given to potential renewals of 

existing positions, alternative financing, alternate hedging positions and the mix of fixed and variable interest rates. 

23. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS  

Fair value hierarchy 

Investment properties and retirement village resident loans are measured at fair value, using a three level hierarchy, based 

on the lowest level of input that is significant to the entire fair value measurement, being: 

Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the entity can access at 

Level 2: Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either 

• 

• 

• 

the measurement date 

directly or indirectly 

Level 3: Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability 

There were no transfers between levels during the financial year. The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and transfers 

out of fair value hierarchy levels as at the end of the reporting period. 

The carrying amounts of  trade and other receivables and trade and other payables are assumed to approximate their fair 

values due to their short-term nature. 

Fair value of financial instruments (unrecognised) 

The  Group  has a  number of  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  (loans  receivable  and  commercial  bills)  which  are not 

measured  at  fair  value  in  the  statement  of  financial  position.    The  fair  values  are  not  materially  different  to  their  carrying 

amounts, since the  interest  receivable/payable is  either close  to  current market  rates or  the  instruments  are  short-term  in 

nature, and therefore have not been disclosed. Refer to Note 9 for details regarding the fair value and impairment assessment 

of amounts related to Couran Cove Land Options. These are not shown in the table below. 

Level 1 

$'000 

Level 2 

$'000 

Level 3 

$'000 

Total 

$'000 

Consolidated – 2018  

Assets 

Investment properties 

Total assets 

Retirement Village Resident Loans 

Liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Consolidated – 2017 

Assets 

Investment properties 

Total assets 

Retirement Village Resident Loans 

Liabilities 

Total liabilities 

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

-   

100,756   

100,756   

100,756 

100,756 

96   

96   

96 

96 

100,666   

100,666   

100,666 

100,666 

928   

928   

928 

928 

Valuation techniques for fair value measurements categorised within level 2 and level 3 

At the end of each reporting period, the directors update their assessment of the fair value of each property, taking into account 

the most recent independent valuations. The directors determine a property’s value within a range of reasonable fair value 

estimates. 

Investment properties have been valued using 2 methods, the capitalisation method and direct comparison approach. Under 
the  capitalisation  method,  fair  value  is  estimated  using  assumptions  regarding  the  expectation  of  future  benefits.  The 
capitalisation  method  involves  estimating  the  expected  income  projections  of  the  property  into  perpetuity  and  applying  a 
capitalisation rate. The capitalisation rate is based on current market evidence. Future income projections take into account 
occupancy, rental income and operating expenses.  

Under the direct comparison approach, key inputs are the recent sales of comparable units in comparable villages. All resulting 
fair value estimates for properties are included in level 3. 

Retirement village resident loans are measured as the ingoing contribution less deductions over time for the period of resident 
stay as a % of the length of expected residence term. Although the expected average residency term is between one to ten 
years, these obligations are classified as current liabilities, as required by the Accounting Standards, because the Group does 
not have an unconditional right to defer settlement to more than twelve months after reporting date. The liability stated is stated 
net of accrued deferred management fees at reporting date, because the Group’s contract with residents require net settlement 
of those obligations. These are included in trade creditors. 

The level 3 assets significant unobservable inputs and sensitivity are as follows: 

Description 

Valuation 
technique 

Significant 
unobservable 
inputs 

Range 
(weighted average) 

2018 

2017 

Capitalisation 
method 1 

– 

Capitalisation 
rate 

8.25%-12.00% 
(10.31%) 2 

9.75%-12.50% 
(11.04%) 

Investment 
properties 
Retirement 
Villages 

Stabilised 
occupancy 

86%-100% 
(94%)  

81%-100% 
(91%) 

Investment 
properties 
Individual 
Village Units 

– 

Direct 
comparison 
approach 

Comparable 
sales evidence 

N/A 

N/A 

Retirement 
village resident 
loans 

Ingoing 
contribution less 
deductions for 
length of stay 

Estimated  length 
of 
stay 
of 
residents 

1 – 10 years 

1 – 10 years 

Relationship of 
unobservable 
input to fair value 

Capitalisation has 
an inverse 
relationship to 
valuation. 

Occupancy has a 
direct correlation to 
valuation (i.e. the 
higher the 
occupancy, the 
greater the value). 

Comparable sales 
evidence has a 
direct relationship 
to valuation. 

The longer the 
length of stay, the 
lower the value of 
resident loans. 

(1)  Significant increases  (decreases) in  any  of the  significant  unobservable  valuation  inputs  under  the capitalisation  method would 

(2) 

result in a significantly higher(lower) fair value measurement. 
Included in the investment properties are three assets which are residential complexes. These have a capitalisation rate range of  
6% to 6.5%. These are not included in the weighted average calculation above. 

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (level 3) 
Movements in level 3 asset items during the current and previous financial year are set out in Note 14. 

Valuation processes 
Independent valuations have been obtained for a number of Senior’s Rental Villages during the year ended 30 June 2018 and 
were  used  as  the  basis  for  determining  their  fair  values.  Selection  criteria  include  market  knowledge,  experience  and 
qualifications, reputation, independence and whether professional standards are maintained. 

Where an independent valuation has not been performed on an investment property as at 30 June 2018, management has 
estimated  the  fair  values  by  performing  internal  valuations  based  on  valuations  performed  by  an  independent  valuer 
commissioned by the Group when acquiring the properties.  

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

64 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

65 

65

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
   
   
   
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

24. COMMITMENTS  

a) Operating leases: group as lessee 

Non‑cancellable operating leases  
The Group leases various managers’ units under non-cancellable operating leases expiring within two to twenty-five years. 
The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. 

Within 1 year 

Greater than 1 year but not longer than 5 years 

Greater than 5 years 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

270 

617 

729 

1,616 

234 

692 

840 

1,766 

The amount disclosed for the lease of office space does not include any adjustments for CPI or market rental reviews. 

b) Capital expenditure 

The Group had no capital commitments as at 30 June 2018. 

25. EARNINGS PER SHARE 

Net profit/(loss) used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic 
earnings per share 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares & potential ordinary shares used 
in calculating diluted earnings per share 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

(276) 

6,538 

Thousands 

Thousands 

230,686 

230,603 

230,686 

230,603 

(0.12 cents) 

2.84 cents 

(0.12 cents) 

2.84 cents 

For  the  year  ended  30  June  2018,  there  were  no  dilutive  transactions  to  be  included  in  the  diluted  earnings  per  share 
calculation.   

26. SHARE BASED PAYMENTS 

During the period ended 30 June 2018 the following equity instruments were issued: 

Share rights 
The Company introduced a new long term incentive plan granting share rights to eligible participants, which commenced from 
23 November 2017.   

Rights were issued at face value having regard to the volume weighted average share price of shares over the 30  trading 
days following the announcement of the company’s 2017 results. 

The share rights do not have any voting rights, rights to dividends, rights to capital and have no entitlement to participate in 
new issues offered to ordinary shareholders of the company. 

66

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

66 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

24. COMMITMENTS  

a) Operating leases: group as lessee 

Non‑cancellable operating leases  

The Group leases various managers’ units under non-cancellable operating leases expiring within two to twenty-five years. 

The leases have varying terms, escalation clauses and renewal rights. On renewal, the terms of the leases are renegotiated. 

The amount disclosed for the lease of office space does not include any adjustments for CPI or market rental reviews. 

Greater than 1 year but not longer than 5 years 

Within 1 year 

Greater than 5 years 

b) Capital expenditure 

The Group had no capital commitments as at 30 June 2018. 

25. EARNINGS PER SHARE 

Net profit/(loss) used in calculating basic and diluted earnings per share 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares used in calculating basic 

earnings per share 

Weighted average number of ordinary shares & potential ordinary shares used 

in calculating diluted earnings per share 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

270 

617 

729 

1,616 

234 

692 

840 

1,766 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

(276) 

6,538 

Thousands 

Thousands 

230,686 

230,603 

230,686 

230,603 

(0.12 cents) 

2.84 cents 

(0.12 cents) 

2.84 cents 

Basic earnings per share 

Diluted earnings per share 

calculation.   

26. SHARE BASED PAYMENTS 

Share rights 

23 November 2017.   

For  the  year  ended  30  June  2018,  there  were  no  dilutive  transactions  to  be  included  in  the  diluted  earnings  per  share 

During the period ended 30 June 2018 the following equity instruments were issued: 

The Company introduced a new long term incentive plan granting share rights to eligible participants, which commenced from 

Rights were issued at face value having regard to the volume weighted average share price of shares over the 30  trading 

days following the announcement of the company’s 2017 results. 

The share rights do not have any voting rights, rights to dividends, rights to capital and have no entitlement to participate in 

new issues offered to ordinary shareholders of the company. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

66 

A total of 878,465 share rights were issued during this period but 559,090 lapsed upon the retirement of the Chief Executive 
Officer. The 319,375 remaining share rights are divisible into two traches of equal value, both tranches being subject to the 
company’s  shares  achieving  a  total  shareholder  return  compared  to  the  constituents  of  All  Ordinaries  Small  Cap  index 
excluding companies in the materials, industrials, energy and utilities sectors.  Tranche 1 and Tranche 2 will be tested following 
the announcement of the company’s result for the year ending 30 June 2020 and 2021 respectively using a 10 day VWAP.  
The share rights progressively vest over 3 and 4 years.   

The fair value of the share rights is estimated at the grant date using the Monte Carlo pricing model, taking into account the 
terms and conditions on which the share rights were granted.  

There are no cash settlement alternatives. The Group accounts for the share rights as an equity settled plan. 

Options 
A  total  of  1,500,000  share  options  were  granted  during  the  period  but  1,000,000  lapsed  upon  the  retirement  of  the  Chief 
Executive  Officer  leaving  500,000  outstanding  at  30  June  2018.  The  options  were  granted  for  a  4.5  year  period  and  are 
exercisable from 23 November 2021. The exercise price is $0.33 representing the volume weighted average share price of 
shares over the 30 trading days following the announcement of the company’s 2017 results.  These options will be capable of 
vesting 3 years from the grant date subject to the share price being at 75c or greater on 10 trading days in any 20 sequential 
trading days following the grant date. While the share price hurdle may be met, these options can only be exercised upon 
completion of 4 year employment service. 

The fair value of the share options is estimated at the grant date using the Monte Carlo pricing model, taking into account the 
terms and conditions on which the share options were granted.  

There are no cash settlement alternatives. The Group accounts for the share options as an equity settled plan. 

The expense recognised during the year is shown in the following table: 

Expense arriving from equity-settled share based payment transactions 

Total expense arising from share-based payment transactions 

30 June 2018 
$’000 

30 June 2017 
$’000 

12 

12 

- 

- 

There were no cancellations or modifications to the awards in 2018 or 2017, other than the lapsing of the share rights and 
options noted above. 

Movements during the year 

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of, and movements in, share rights 
during the year: 

Outstanding at 1 July  
Granted during the year  

Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 30 June  

Exercisable at 30 June 

2018  

Number       

2018 WEAP 

2017 
Number 

2017 WAEP 

- 

878,465 

(559,090) 

319,375 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

The following table illustrates the number and weighted average exercise prices (WAEP) of, and movements in, share options 
during the year: 

Outstanding at 1 July  
Granted during the year  

Forfeited during the year 

Outstanding at 30 June  

Exercisable at 30 June 

2018  

Number       

2018 WEAP 

2017 
Number 

2017 WAEP 

- 

1,500,000 

(1,000,000) 

500,000 

- 

- 

$0.33 

- 

$0.33 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

67 

67

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

The following table list the inputs to the models used for the two plans for the year ended 30 June 2018. 

Weighted average of fair values at the measurement date ($) 

Dividend yield (%) 

Expected volatility (%) 

Risk-free interest rate (%) 

Expected life of share options/rights (years) 

Weighted average of share price ($) 

2018  

Options      

2018  
Share rights 

Tranche 1 

Tranche 2 

0.014 

- 

38.797 

2.13 

4.50 

0.335 

0.207 

- 

38.797 

1.97 

6.11 

0.335 

0.138 

- 

38.797 

1.97 

6.11 

0.335 

Model used 

Monte Carlo 

Monte Carlo 

Monte Carlo 

No options or share rights were issued or outstanding at 30 June 2017. 

The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility over the last 5 years will be an indication of the 

expected future volatility of the company’s share price, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome. 

27. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  

(a)  Key management personnel compensation 

Short term employee benefits 

Post-employment benefits 

Other employee benefits 

Total 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

1,223 

73 

149 

1,445 

1,014 

28 

- 

1,042 

Detailed disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in the remuneration report within the Directors' Report. 

(b)  Other transactions with key management personnel  

(i) Purchases from entities controlled by key management personnel: 

The  Group  acquired  the  following  goods  and  services  from  entities  that  are  controlled  by  members  of  the  Group’s  key 
management personnel: 

Consulting fees 

Rent 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

- 

51 

206 

86 

Amounts outstanding at the end of the reporting period in relation to these 
transactions (included in Trade and other payables) 

- 

- 

68

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

68 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

The following table list the inputs to the models used for the two plans for the year ended 30 June 2018. 

(ii) Fees received from entities controlled by key management personnel: 

Weighted average of fair values at the measurement date ($) 

Dividend yield (%) 

Expected volatility (%) 

Risk-free interest rate (%) 

Expected life of share options/rights (years) 

Weighted average of share price ($) 

2018  

Options      

2018  

Share rights 

Tranche 1 

Tranche 2 

0.014 

- 

38.797 

2.13 

4.50 

0.335 

0.207 

- 

38.797 

1.97 

6.11 

0.335 

0.138 

- 

38.797 

1.97 

6.11 

0.335 

Model used 

Monte Carlo 

Monte Carlo 

Monte Carlo 

No options or share rights were issued or outstanding at 30 June 2017. 

The  Group  received  fees  for  the  following  services  from  entities  that  are  controlled  by  members  of  the  Group’s  key 
management personnel: 

Caretaking and management fees 

Amounts outstanding at the end of the reporting period in relation to these 
transactions (included in Trade and other receivables) 

(iii) Terms and conditions 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

21 

- 

19 

- 

The expected volatility reflects the assumption that the historical volatility over the last 5 years will be an indication of the 

expected future volatility of the company’s share price, which may not necessarily be the actual outcome. 

All transactions were made on commercial terms and conditions and at market rates.  Outstanding balances are unsecured 
and are repayable in cash.  

Further details are contained in the remuneration report. 

28. OTHER MATERIAL TRANSACTIONS WITH DIRECTOR RELATED ENTITIES 

Couran Cove 

Couran Cove is a resort on South Stradbroke Island. Ownership of Couran Cove consists of a group of companies that is 
100% owned by Onterran Ltd (ASX:OTR). The Executive Chairman of Onterran Ltd is  Mr. Lachlan McIntosh. Mr. McIntosh 
does not have control over Onterran or other entities associated with Couran Cove which Eureka trades with. Mr. McIntosh is 
also a director of EGH. EGH has had transactions with Couran Cove over recent years and has a number of balance sheet 
items at 30 June 2018.  

After entering into renegotiated agreements subsequent to year end, the following balances existed – Refer to Note 34: 

• 
• 
• 

Loan receivable of $2.26 million (interest bearing) owing from Couran Cove entities. 
Inventory of $2.00 million comprising ownership of 28 cabins located at Couran Cove. 
$3.00 million loan offset in exchange for right of first refusal on proposed dwelling sites recorded at fair value of 
$1.24 million. 

The  Group  acquired  the  following  goods  and  services  from  entities  that  are  controlled  by  members  of  the  Group’s  key 

management personnel: 

29. ULTIMATE PARENT ENTITY 

The parent entity within the group is Eureka Group Holdings Limited, which is the ultimate parent entity within Australia. 

30. CONTINGENCIES 

There are no contingent liabilities or contingent assets at 30 June 2018 that require disclosure in the financial report. 

31. OPERATING SEGMENTS 

Identification of reportable operating segments and principal services 

For the period ended 30 June 2018, the Group is organised into two operating segments, all located in Australia: 

•  Rental Villages – Ownership of senior’s rental villages; and 
•  Property Management - Management of seniors independent living communities.  

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

69 

69

27. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS  

(a)  Key management personnel compensation 

Short term employee benefits 

Post-employment benefits 

Other employee benefits 

Total 

Consulting fees 

Rent 

Detailed disclosures relating to key management personnel are set out in the remuneration report within the Directors' Report. 

(b)  Other transactions with key management personnel  

(i) Purchases from entities controlled by key management personnel: 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

1,223 

73 

149 

1,445 

1,014 

28 

- 

1,042 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

- 

51 

206 

86 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

68 

Amounts outstanding at the end of the reporting period in relation to these 

transactions (included in Trade and other payables) 

- 

- 

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

The results not included in the two operating segments identified are treated as: 

•  Unallocated – Represents the consulting fees charged, corporate services functions costs, inventory, cash balances 

and capital replacement funds. 

The operating segments have been identified based on reports reviewed by the Board of Directors (who are identified as the 
chief operating decision makers) who are responsible for assessing performance and determining the allocation of resources. 
There is no aggregation of operating segments and the Board of Directors views each segments performance based on profit 
after tax. The accounting policies adopted for internal reporting to the chief operating decision  makers are consistent with 
those adopted in the financial statements. 

Segment information is prepared in conformity with the accounting policies of the Group as discussed in note 2 and Accounting 
Standard AASB 8. 

No reporting or reviews are made of cash flows and as such this is not measured or reported by segment. 

Consolidated - 30 June 2018 
Revenue 

Interest revenue 

Other revenue 

Total Revenue 

Expenses 

Interest expense 

Total expenses 

Profit/(loss) before income tax expense 

Income tax expense 

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense 

Segment Assets 

Segment Liabilities 

Rental 
Villages 
$’000 

Property 
Management 
$’000 

18,665 

3,909 

- 

198 

- 

- 

18,863 

3,909 

11,035 

2,745 

13,780 

5,083 

- 

5,083 

108,240 

57,833 

Non-cash and other significant items included in profit above: 

Loss on revaluation of investment property 

Depreciation & amortisation 

Gain on disposal of Victoria St, Mackay  

Segment acquisitions: 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 
Acquisition and subsequent expenditure of 
investment property 

Acquisition of Joint Venture investment 

Acquisition of intangibles 

Acquisition of inventory 

(1,439) 

(111) 

- 

9,361 

4,500 

- 

- 

Unallocated 
$’000 

Total 
$’000 

- 

41 

571 

612 

7,0661 

8 

7,074 

(6,462) 

- 

(6,462) 

18,922 2 

702 3 

- 

- 

501 

35 

- 

- 

- 

4,134 

22,574 

41 

769 

23,384 

20,907 

2,753 

23,660 

(276) 

- 

(276) 

133,300 

58,600 

(1,439) 

(251) 

501 

35 

9,361 

4,500 

100 

4,134 

2,806 

- 

2,806 

1,103 

- 

1,103 

6,138 

65 

- 

(140) 

- 

- 

- 

100 

- 

1 Included within unallocated expenses is write down of Couran Cove inventory of $1.12 million, write off of Couran Cove Land Option $1.76 
million, employee benefits expense of $2.16 million, office expenses of $0.45 million and other administrative expenses of $1.57 million. 
2 Included within unallocated assets is inventory of $11.78 million, Couran Cove land option of $1.24 million, trade and other receivables of $2.26 
million, cash balances of $1.98 million, and other assets of $1.67 million. 
3 Included within segment liabilities is provisions of $0.12 million and Superannuation and PAYG withholding payable $0.10 million, accrued 
expenses $0.48 million. 

70

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

70 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

The results not included in the two operating segments identified are treated as: 

•  Unallocated – Represents the consulting fees charged, corporate services functions costs, inventory, cash balances 

and capital replacement funds. 

The operating segments have been identified based on reports reviewed by the Board of Directors (who are identified as the 

chief operating decision makers) who are responsible for assessing performance and determining the allocation of resources. 

There is no aggregation of operating segments and the Board of Directors views each segments performance based on profit 

after tax. The accounting policies adopted for internal reporting to the chief operating decision  makers are consistent with 

those adopted in the financial statements. 

Segment information is prepared in conformity with the accounting policies of the Group as discussed in note 2 and Accounting 

Standard AASB 8. 

No reporting or reviews are made of cash flows and as such this is not measured or reported by segment. 

Consolidated - 30 June 2018 

Rental 

Villages 

$’000 

Property 

Management 

Unallocated 

$’000 

$’000 

Total 

$’000 

18,665 

3,909 

Revenue 

Interest revenue 

Other revenue 

Total Revenue 

Expenses 

Interest expense 

Total expenses 

Income tax expense 

Segment Assets 

Segment Liabilities 

18,863 

3,909 

- 

- 

- 

- 

2,806 

2,806 

- 

198 

11,035 

2,745 

13,780 

5,083 

- 

5,083 

108,240 

57,833 

Profit/(loss) before income tax expense 

1,103 

(6,462) 

Profit/(loss) after income tax expense 

1,103 

(6,462) 

6,138 

65 

18,922 2 

702 3 

133,300 

58,600 

Non-cash and other significant items included in profit above: 

Loss on revaluation of investment property 

Depreciation & amortisation 

Gain on disposal of Victoria St, Mackay  

(1,439) 

(111) 

- 

(140) 

Segment acquisitions: 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Acquisition and subsequent expenditure of 

investment property 

Acquisition of Joint Venture investment 

Acquisition of intangibles 

Acquisition of inventory 

9,361 

4,500 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

- 

100 

1 Included within unallocated expenses is write down of Couran Cove inventory of $1.12 million, write off of Couran Cove Land Option $1.76 

million, employee benefits expense of $2.16 million, office expenses of $0.45 million and other administrative expenses of $1.57 million. 

2 Included within unallocated assets is inventory of $11.78 million, Couran Cove land option of $1.24 million, trade and other receivables of $2.26 

million, cash balances of $1.98 million, and other assets of $1.67 million. 

3 Included within segment liabilities is provisions of $0.12 million and Superannuation and PAYG withholding payable $0.10 million, accrued 

expenses $0.48 million. 

- 

41 

571 

612 

7,0661 

8 

7,074 

- 

- 

- 

501 

35 

- 

- 

- 

4,134 

22,574 

41 

769 

23,384 

20,907 

2,753 

23,660 

(276) 

- 

(276) 

(1,439) 

(251) 

501 

35 

9,361 

4,500 

100 

4,134 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

70 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

Consolidated - 30 June 2017 
Revenue 

Interest revenue 

Other revenue 

Total Revenue 

Expenses 

Interest expense 

Total expenses 

Profit before income tax expense 

Income tax expense 

Profit after income tax expense 

Segment Assets 

Segment Liabilities 

Rental 
Villages 
$’000 

Property 
Management 
$’000 

Unallocated 
$’000 

Total 
$’000 

17,213 

- 

2,244 

19,457 

10,629 

2,454 

13,083 

6,374 

- 

6,374 

103,252 

53,117 

5,426 

- 

- 

5,426 

2,751 

- 

2,751 

2,675 

- 

2,675 

6,203 

93 

- 

172 

1,418 

1,590 

3,9381 

153 

4,091 

(2,501) 

- 

(2,501) 

19,0792 

5063 

22,639 

172 

3,662 

26,473 

17,318 

2,607 

19,925 

6,548 

- 

6,548 

128,534 

53,716 

1 Included within unallocated expenses is employee benefits expense of $2.57 million and other administrative expenses of $1.37 million. 
2 Included within unallocated assets is inventory of $7.64 million, Couran Cove land option of $3.00 million, trade and other receivables of 
$1.94 million, cash balances of $4.39 million, property, plant and equipment of $0.99 million and other assets of $1.12 million. 
3 Included within segment liabilities is provisions of $0.19 million and Superannuation and PAYG withholding payable $0.10 million. 

Non-cash and other significant items included in profit above: 

Gain on revaluation of investment property 

1,046 

- 

Depreciation & amortisation 

(129) 

(142) 

Segment acquisitions: 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment 

Acquisition of investment property 

Acquisition of intangibles 

Acquisition of inventory 

- 

13,148 

789 

- 

2 

- 

60 

- 

- 

- 

558 

- 

- 

1,349 

1,046 

(271) 

560 

13,148 

849 

1,349 

32. 

REMUNERATION OF AUDITORS 

During the financial year the following fees were paid or payable for 
services provided by the auditor of the company and its related practices: 

(i)  Audit and other assurance services – Ernst and Young 
Audit and review of financial statements 

Consolidated 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$ 

$ 

152,150 

123,000 

152,150 

123,000 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

71 

71

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

33. PARENT ENTITY DISCLOSURES 

 Information relating to Eureka Group Holdings Limited (parent entity): 

Results of the parent entity 

Profit/(loss) for the period 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Financial position of parent entity at year-end 

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Share capital 

Equity reserve 

Accumulated losses 

Total equity 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

(7,077) 

- 

(7,077) 

90,099 

7,162 

97,261 

711 

53,702 

54,413 

94,353 

12 

(51,517) 

42,848 

(1,334) 

- 

(1,334) 

81,633 

12,477 

94,110 

479 

43,816 

44,295 

94,253 

- 

(44,438) 

49,815 

Guarantees entered into by the parent entity 

The parent entity has provided financial guarantees in respect of the commercial bills amounting to $6,486,250 and is secured 
by: 

•  Registered mortgages over managers’ units and other real estate at its Senior’s Rental Villages; 
•  Guarantee and indemnity given by EGH and its controlled entities; and 
• 
Fixed and floating charges over the assets of EGH and its subsidiaries. 

Contingent liabilities of the parent entity 

The parent entity did not have any contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2018. For information about guarantees given by the 
parent entity, please see above. 

Contractual commitments for capital items 

The parent entity had no capital commitments for property, plant and equipment as at 30 June 2018. 

72

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

72 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

33. PARENT ENTITY DISCLOSURES 

 Information relating to Eureka Group Holdings Limited (parent entity): 

Results of the parent entity 

Profit/(loss) for the period 

Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income for the year 

Financial position of parent entity at year-end 

Current assets 

Non-current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Share capital 

Equity reserve 

Accumulated losses 

Total equity 

30 June 2018 

30 June 2017 

$’000 

$’000 

(7,077) 

- 

(7,077) 

90,099 

7,162 

97,261 

711 

53,702 

54,413 

94,353 

12 

(51,517) 

42,848 

(1,334) 

- 

(1,334) 

81,633 

12,477 

94,110 

479 

43,816 

44,295 

94,253 

- 

(44,438) 

49,815 

Guarantees entered into by the parent entity 

The parent entity has provided financial guarantees in respect of the commercial bills amounting to $6,486,250 and is secured 

by: 

•  Registered mortgages over managers’ units and other real estate at its Senior’s Rental Villages; 

•  Guarantee and indemnity given by EGH and its controlled entities; and 

• 

Fixed and floating charges over the assets of EGH and its subsidiaries. 

The parent entity did not have any contingent liabilities as at 30 June 2018. For information about guarantees given by the 

Contingent liabilities of the parent entity 

parent entity, please see above. 

Contractual commitments for capital items 

The parent entity had no capital commitments for property, plant and equipment as at 30 June 2018. 

Notes to the Financial Statements
Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

34. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

Couran Cove 

On 30 August 2018 a settlement and re-negotiated terms were announced with respect to amounts and assets associated  
with Couran Cove. These are currently recorded at 30 June 2018 in the financial statements as follows: 

Asset 
Amounts Receivable 
Land Option 
Property Assets 

Carrying Value 30 June 2018 $’000 
2,260 
1,237 
2,000 

The key elements of the agreement reached post period end are summarised below. 

Sale of Property Assets 
The remaining 28 cabins and apartments owned by Eureka are to be sold for $2.01m to a purchaser that is not a related party 
of the Onterran Group.  Settlement is scheduled to occur on 6 September 2018.   

Repayment and refinance of the $2.26m Loan 
The $2.26m loan owed to Eureka by Couran Cove Holdings Pty Ltd is to be repaid and refinanced by the following: 

• 

a lump sum repayment of $1.59m scheduled on 6 September 2018; 

•  Mr. Lachlan McIntosh in his personal capacity has assumed by way of a new loan $350,000 (the McIntosh Loan); and 

• 

a new secured loan to CCH Developments No 1 Pty Ltd in its personal capacity and as trustee of the 
CCH Developments No 1 Trust for $320,000 (the West Cabin Loan). 

a)  McIntosh Loan 
The McIntosh Loan is due for repayment on 31 December 2019. An additional restructure fee may be payable by the borrower 
on the loan of up to $130,000.   

The loan is on substantially the same terms as the existing loan to Couran Cove Holdings Pty Ltd. Interest at the general 
interest charge set by the Australian Taxation Office from time to time, which for the period July 2018 to September 2018 is 
set at 8.96% per annum, accrues on the loan on exactly the same terms as under the existing loan to Couran Cove Holdings 
Pty Ltd. The Board considers this loan to be on arm’s length terms and expects that it will be repaid on the due date.  

The amount of the restructure fee is linked to the value of 1 million shares in Eureka which are held by 22 Resolution Pty Ltd. 
Mr. Lachlan McIntosh is the sole director of 22 Resolution Pty Ltd. 

Eureka may issue a notice requiring payment of the restructure fee on any day where Eureka’s shares have traded on the 
ASX at above 40 cents per share for a period of ten successive trading days. The restructure fee is payable within 30 days of 
that notice extended for trading window blackout periods, unless Eureka’s shares cease to trade at above 40 cents per share 
for a period of five successive trading days. 

The amount of the restructure fee is the lesser of $130,000 and, if 22 Resolution Pty Ltd sells 1 million shares in Eureka on 
arms’ length terms after the notice has been issued, the amount for which those shares were sold which is in excess of the 
McIntosh Loan at that time. 

No restructure fee is payable if Eureka’s shares do not trade on the ASX at above 40 cents per share before 31 December 
2019. 

b)  West Cabin Loan 
The West Cabin Loan is due for repayment no later than 28 February 2019. No interest accrues on this loan. 

The  loan  is  guaranteed  by  Onterran  and  Mr.  Lachlan  McIntosh  in  his  personal  capacity  and  secured  by  a  real  property 
mortgage over two existing cabins owned by CCH Developments No 1 Pty Ltd. Recourse against CCH Developments No 1 
Pty Ltd in respect of the loan is limited to the two existing cabins. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

72 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

73 

73

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Notes to the Financial Statements 
Notes to the Financial Statements

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

Restructure of the $3m land option 
The existing $3m amount owed to Eureka by Couran Cove Holdings Pty Ltd is to be refinanced under a new secured loan to 
CCH Developments No 1 Pty Ltd. No interest accrues on this loan.  

The loan is guaranteed by Onterran and secured by a real property mortgage over land owned by CCH Developments No 1 
Pty Ltd relating to 60 proposed cabin sites. The proposed cabin sites correspond to the lots over which  Eureka was to be 
granted an option. 

Eureka has a right of first refusal to purchase those proposed cabin sites for $50,000 per site. The purchase price would be 
paid by way of set off against the $3m loan on settlement. The right can be exercised until the repayment date for the loan. 

The loan is due for repayment on 31 August 2020. Eureka has the option to extend the repayment date, and the time in which 
it can exercise its right of first refusal, to 31 August 2023. 

In order for Eureka to realise value from this agreement, Eureka intends to reach arrangements for developers to construct 
dwellings on the proposed cabin sites and ultimately acquire the sites from Eureka. Eureka’s interests will be protected by its 
mortgage under any such arrangements with developers. Eureka is in discussions with a potential developer for some of these 
sites and has entered into a non-binding term sheet for 5 lots for $50,000 per lot.  

Conditions precedent 
The restructure of the $2.26m and $3m loans are subject to the conditions precedent, the most important of which are: 

• 

• 

completion occurring on the sale of the existing cabins and apartments owned by Eureka; and 

the lump sum repayment of $1.59m being received by Eureka.  

Releases 
On satisfaction of the conditions precedent, Eureka will release the parties from the existing loan agreements, the entitlement 
to 30% of the proceeds of the sale of certain management and infrastructure rights related to the Couran Cove Resort, and 
will release the security it holds, other than the real property mortgage referred to above.  

Summary of Transaction Outcomes 
At completion scheduled for 6 September 2018 the following is expected to occur: 

• 

The existing cabins and apartments owned by Eureka will be transferred, leaving Eureka with no existing cabins and 
apartments at the Couran Cove Resort. 

•  Eureka will receive $3.60 million in cash from the sale of the cabin and apartments and partial repayment of the $2.26 

million loan. 

• 

Loans of $0.35 million and $0.32 million, totalling $0.67 million, will become the responsibility of Mr. Lachlan McIntosh 
and CCH Development No1 Pty Ltd.  

•  Eureka will retain rights in relation to 60 proposed cabin sites. 

Banking Facility 
On 28 August 2018 the NAB facility was amended such that the $20,000,000 Facility 1 previously expiring on 31 December 
2019 is now expiring on 31 December 2021 consistent with the expiry date of the $35,000,000 Facility 2. 

Property Assets 
On 20 August 2018, a contract for the sale of Lambert Village in Mount Gambier was executed for $1.10 million. In accordance 
with the terms of the contract, settlement is due on 30 November 2018.  

Other 
Other than the above mentioned items, no other matter or circumstance has arisen since 30 June 2018 that has significantly 
affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the 
Group in subsequent financial years. 

74

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

74 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018

Directors’ Declaration 
Directors’ Declaration 
Directors’ Declaration

Notes to the Financial Statements 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED 30 JUNE 2018 

The loan is guaranteed by Onterran and secured by a real property mortgage over land owned by CCH Developments No 1 

Pty Ltd relating to 60 proposed cabin sites. The proposed cabin sites correspond to the lots over which  Eureka was to be 

granted an option. 

Eureka has a right of first refusal to purchase those proposed cabin sites for $50,000 per site. The purchase price would be 

paid by way of set off against the $3m loan on settlement. The right can be exercised until the repayment date for the loan. 

The loan is due for repayment on 31 August 2020. Eureka has the option to extend the repayment date, and the time in which 

it can exercise its right of first refusal, to 31 August 2023. 

In order for Eureka to realise value from this agreement, Eureka intends to reach arrangements for developers to construct 

dwellings on the proposed cabin sites and ultimately acquire the sites from Eureka. Eureka’s interests will be protected by its 

mortgage under any such arrangements with developers. Eureka is in discussions with a potential developer for some of these 

sites and has entered into a non-binding term sheet for 5 lots for $50,000 per lot.  

Conditions precedent 

The restructure of the $2.26m and $3m loans are subject to the conditions precedent, the most important of which are: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Releases 

On satisfaction of the conditions precedent, Eureka will release the parties from the existing loan agreements, the entitlement 

to 30% of the proceeds of the sale of certain management and infrastructure rights related to the Couran Cove Resort, and 

will release the security it holds, other than the real property mortgage referred to above.  

Summary of Transaction Outcomes 

At completion scheduled for 6 September 2018 the following is expected to occur: 

The existing cabins and apartments owned by Eureka will be transferred, leaving Eureka with no existing cabins and 

apartments at the Couran Cove Resort. 

•  Eureka will receive $3.60 million in cash from the sale of the cabin and apartments and partial repayment of the $2.26 

million loan. 

Loans of $0.35 million and $0.32 million, totalling $0.67 million, will become the responsibility of Mr. Lachlan McIntosh 

and CCH Development No1 Pty Ltd.  

•  Eureka will retain rights in relation to 60 proposed cabin sites. 

On 28 August 2018 the NAB facility was amended such that the $20,000,000 Facility 1 previously expiring on 31 December 

2019 is now expiring on 31 December 2021 consistent with the expiry date of the $35,000,000 Facility 2. 

On 20 August 2018, a contract for the sale of Lambert Village in Mount Gambier was executed for $1.10 million. In accordance 

with the terms of the contract, settlement is due on 30 November 2018.  

Other than the above mentioned items, no other matter or circumstance has arisen since 30 June 2018 that has significantly 

affected, or may significantly affect, the operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the 

Group in subsequent financial years. 

Banking Facility 

Property Assets 

Other 

Restructure of the $3m land option 

The existing $3m amount owed to Eureka by Couran Cove Holdings Pty Ltd is to be refinanced under a new secured loan to 

CCH Developments No 1 Pty Ltd. No interest accrues on this loan.  

In accordance with a resolution of the directors of Eureka Group Holdings Limited, I state: 

In accordance with a resolution of the directors of Eureka Group Holdings Limited, I state: 

1. 

1. 

In the opinion of the Directors of Eureka Group Holdings Limited (the “company”): 

In the opinion of the Directors of Eureka Group Holdings Limited (the “company”): 

a.  The accompanying financial statements and notes are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 

a.  The accompanying financial statements and notes are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, 

including: 

including: 

i.  giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2018 and of its performance 

i.  giving a true and fair view of the Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2018 and of its performance 

for the financial year ended on that date; and 

ii.  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001;  

for the financial year ended on that date; and 

ii.  complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001;  
b.  There are reasonable grounds to believe that the company will be able to pay its debts as and when they 

b.  There are reasonable grounds to believe that the company will be able to pay its debts as and when they 

become due and payable; and 

c.  The financial statements and notes thereto are in accordance with International Financial Reporting 

become due and payable; and 

c.  The financial statements and notes thereto are in accordance with International Financial Reporting 

Standards as disclosed in Note 2. 

2.  This declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the directors in accordance 

Standards as disclosed in Note 2. 

2.  This declaration has been made after receiving the declarations required to be made to the directors in accordance 

with Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. 

with Section 295A of the Corporations Act 2001 for the financial year ended 30 June 2018. 

completion occurring on the sale of the existing cabins and apartments owned by Eureka; and 

the lump sum repayment of $1.59m being received by Eureka.  

On behalf of the Board 

On behalf of the Board 

Murray Boyte 
Executive Chair 
Murray Boyte 
Executive Chair 
Dated in Brisbane this 31st day of August 2018. 

Dated in Brisbane this 31st day of August 2018. 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

74 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

75 

75 

75

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ernst & Young
111 Eagle Street
Brisbane  QLD  4000 Australia
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane  QLD  4001

Tel: +61 7 3011 3333
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100
ey.com/au

Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of Eureka Group Holdings
Limited

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the financial report of Eureka Group Holdings Limited (the Company) and its
subsidiaries (collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as
at 30 June 2017, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of
changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to the
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors'
declaration.

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations
Act 2001, including:

a) 

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2017
and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and

b) 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial
Report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting
Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the
Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our opinion.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our
audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit
of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate
opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter
is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the
Financial Report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit
included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material
misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures
performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying
financial report.

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

76

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
Ernst & Young
111 Eagle Street
Brisbane  QLD  4000 Australia
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane  QLD  4001

Tel: +61 7 3011 3333
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100
ey.com/au

Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of Eureka Group Holdings
Limited

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the financial report of Eureka Group Holdings Limited (the Company) and its
subsidiaries (collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as
at 30 June 2017, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of
changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to the
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors'
declaration.

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations
Act 2001, including:

a) 

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2017
and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and

b) 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial
Report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting
Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the
Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our opinion.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our
audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit
of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate
opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter
is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the
Financial Report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit
included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material
misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures
performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying
financial report.

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

77

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
Ernst & Young
111 Eagle Street
Brisbane  QLD  4000 Australia
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane  QLD  4001

Tel: +61 7 3011 3333
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100
ey.com/au

Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of Eureka Group Holdings
Limited

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the financial report of Eureka Group Holdings Limited (the Company) and its
subsidiaries (collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as
at 30 June 2017, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of
changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to the
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors'
declaration.

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations
Act 2001, including:

a) 

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2017
and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and

b) 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial
Report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting
Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the
Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our opinion.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our
audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit
of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate
opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter
is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the
Financial Report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit
included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material
misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures
performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying
financial report.

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

78

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
Ernst & Young
111 Eagle Street
Brisbane  QLD  4000 Australia
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane  QLD  4001

Tel: +61 7 3011 3333
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100
ey.com/au

Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of Eureka Group Holdings
Limited

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the financial report of Eureka Group Holdings Limited (the Company) and its
subsidiaries (collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as
at 30 June 2017, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of
changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to the
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors'
declaration.

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations
Act 2001, including:

a) 

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2017
and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and

b) 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial
Report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting
Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the
Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our opinion.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our
audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit
of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate
opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter
is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the
Financial Report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit
included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material
misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures
performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying
financial report.

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

79

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Ernst & Young
111 Eagle Street
Brisbane  QLD  4000 Australia
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane  QLD  4001

Tel: +61 7 3011 3333
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100
ey.com/au

AUDIT REPORT 
TO BE SUPPLIED BY EY 

Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of Eureka Group Holdings
Limited

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the financial report of Eureka Group Holdings Limited (the Company) and its
subsidiaries (collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as
at 30 June 2017, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of
changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to the
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors'
declaration.

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations
Act 2001, including:

a) 

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2017
and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and

b) 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial
Report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting
Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the
Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our opinion.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our
audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit
of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate
opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter
is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the
Financial Report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit
included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material
misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures
performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying
financial report.

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

80

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2017 

74 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Eureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Ernst & Young
111 Eagle Street
Brisbane  QLD  4000 Australia
GPO Box 7878 Brisbane  QLD  4001

Tel: +61 7 3011 3333
Fax: +61 7 3011 3100
ey.com/au

AUDIT REPORT 

TO BE SUPPLIED BY EY 

AUDITOR INDEPENDENCE DECLARATION 
TO BE SUPPLIED BY EY 

Independent Auditor's Report to the Members of Eureka Group Holdings
Limited

Report on the Audit of the Financial Report

Opinion

We have audited the financial report of Eureka Group Holdings Limited (the Company) and its
subsidiaries (collectively the Group), which comprises the consolidated statement of financial position as
at 30 June 2017, the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of
changes in equity and consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended, notes to the
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies, and the directors'
declaration.

In our opinion, the accompanying financial report of the Group is in accordance with the Corporations
Act 2001, including:

a) 

giving a true and fair view of the consolidated financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2017
and of its consolidated financial performance for the year ended on that date; and

b) 

complying with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Regulations 2001.

Basis for Opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with Australian Auditing Standards. Our responsibilities under
those standards are further described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial
Report section of our report. We are independent of the Group in accordance with the auditor
independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 and the ethical requirements of the Accounting
Professional and Ethical Standards Board’s APES 110 Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (the
Code) that are relevant to our audit of the financial report in Australia. We have also fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with the Code.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for
our opinion.

Key Audit Matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in our
audit of the financial report of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit
of the financial report as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate
opinion on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit addressed the matter
is provided in that context.

We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the
Financial Report section of our report, including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit
included the performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the risks of material
misstatement of the financial report. The results of our audit procedures, including the procedures
performed to address the matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying
financial report.

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2017 

74 

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2017 

75 

81

A member firm of Ernst & Young Global Limited
Liability limited by a scheme approved under Professional Standards Legislation

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate Governance Statement

The Company’s directors and management are committed to achieving and demonstrating the highest standards 
of corporate governance. 

The Company has prepared a Corporate Governance Statement which sets out the corporate governance practices 
that were in operation during the financial year.

The Board has adopted the ASX Corporate Governance Principles and Recommendations (3rd Edition) 
(‘Recommendations’) to the extent considered appropriate for the size and nature of the Group’s operations.  The 
Corporate Governance Statement identifies any Recommendations that have not been followed, and provides 
reasons for not following those Recommendations.

The Company’s Corporate Governance Statement and key policies can be found on its website: 
http://www.eurekagroupholdings.com.au/governance/

82

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use onlyCorporate Directory

Postal Address

Auditors

Ernst & Young 111 Eagle St 
Brisbane Qld 4000 
Tel: 07 3011-3333 
Fax: 07 3011-3344

Share Registry

Link Market Services – Brisbane 
Level 21, 10 Eagle Street 
Brisbane Qld 4000 
Call Centre: 02 8280-7454 
Fax: 07 3228-4999

Listing Details

ASX Limited Brisbane 
Code: Shares – EGH

Australian Business Number

15 097 241 159

Suite 2D 7 Short St, Southport QLD 4215

Board of Directors

Murray Boyte (Executive Chair) 
Lachlan McIntosh 
Nirmal Hansra 
Sue Renkin

Chief Financial Officer

Paul Cochrane

Company Secretary

Paul Cochrane and Laura Fanning

Solicitors

Jones Day 
Riverside Centre 
Level 31/123 Eagle Street 
Brisbane QLD 4000 
Tel: 07 3085 7000 
Fax: 07 3085 7099

Mills Oakley 
Level 14 
145 Ann Street 
Brisbane QLD 4000 
Tel: 07 3228 0400 
Fax: 07 3012 8777

83

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use onlyEureka Group Holdings Limited and controlled entities 

Security Holder Information
Security Holder Information 

Distribution of Securities as at 20 August 2018 

Number 
of 
Securities 

1 – 1,000 

1,001 – 5,000 

5,001 – 10,000 

10,001 – 100,000 

100,001 and over 
Total Security 
Holders 

No of 
Shareholders 

303 

234 

112 

379 

165 

1,193 

Marketable Shares 

There were 394 holders of less than a marketable parcel of 1,851 
shares holding a total of 188,750 shares. 

Voting Rights 

Ordinary Shares carry voting rights of one vote per share.  Options 
carry no voting rights. 

Substantial Holders as at 20 August 2018 

Cooper Investors Pty Limited 

Tribeca Investment Partners 

Adam Smith Asset Management 

Ignition Capital Pty Ltd, Ignition Capital No 2 Pty Ltd, Mr Robin Levison 

22 Resolution Pty Ltd & Kathlac Pty Ltd 

Total 

No of Ordinary 
Shares Held 

% of Issued 
Share 
Capital 

35,378,273 

21,428,952 

14,015,681 

12,930,000 

11,916,166 

15.38% 

9.33% 

6.10% 

5.62% 

5.16% 

95,679,072 

41.59% 

Twenty Largest Ordinary Shareholders as at 20 August 2018 

No of Ordinary 
Shares Held 

National Nominees Limited  

J P Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 

HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 

Ignition Capital Pty Ltd 

Wavet Fund No 2 Pty Ltd  

NGE Capital Limited 

Kathlac Pty Ltd 

22 Resolution Pty Ltd 

One Managed Investment Funds Limited Folkestone Maxim A-Reit Securities 
Account 

Tolani Estate Pty Ltd 

Brazil Farming Pty Ltd 

Placement Pty Ltd 

Mr Alister Charles Wright 

H & G Limited 

Ignition Capital No 2 Pty Ltd 

Luton Pty Ltd 

Armada Trading Pty Ltd 

Mr Richard Mews  and Mrs Wee Khoon Mews 

G & P Investments (NSW) Pty Limited 

Mr Brenden John Hall 

Total 

% of Issued 
Share 
Capital 

17.72% 

12.70% 

8.96% 

4.42% 

4.01% 

3.84% 

2.91% 

2.27% 

2.08% 

1.91% 

1.82% 

1.74% 

1.63% 

1.25% 

1.12% 

1.04% 

1.01% 

0.95% 

0.77% 

0.74% 

40,758,160 

29,219,151 

20,609,545 

10,175,000 

9,228,000 

8,840,949 

6,700,138 

5,216,028 

4,788,499 

4,400,000 

4,179,681 

4,000,000 

3,741,000 

2,883,148 

2,580,000 

2,400,000 

2,318,937 

2,188,607 

1,770,000 

1,701,091 

167,697,934 

72.90% 

84

EGH ANNUAL REPORT 2018 

80 

2017-2018 ANNUAL REPORTFor personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
This page has been left blank intentionally

EUREKA GROUP HOLDINGSFor personal use onlyDelivering affordable, caring 
and inclusive communities

Head Office 
ABN 15 097 241 159

Level 2, 7 Short Street, 
Southport Qld 4215

P: (07) 5568 0205 
F: (07) 5302 6605

E: info@eurekagroupholdings.com.au 

For personal use only